Lincoln Electric Welding System SVM152 A User Manual
RETURN TO MAIN INDEX  
SVM152-A  
JULY, 2000  
INVERTEC V350-PRO  
For use with machine code numbers 10651, 10669  
!
W
!
ARNING  
W
ARNING  
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing  
o
re  
elit, ed  
lit,  
d
m
iam non  
ip  
e
lao  
o
su  
d
m
Lorem  
i
r
p
e
s
e
utmdodlodlr  
d
o
e
rmsi  
m
a
t
g
a
n
m
a
e
alconsectetuer adipisc  
t
o
e
ia  
re  
elit, ed  
lit,  
laoreet dolore ma  
t
o
d
m
iam non  
n
o
lo  
r
s
it  
e
ip  
o
lo  
gna aliqreua  
m
n
a
s
umm  
m
u
m
m
e
o
d
m
d
a
t
co  
o
e
ia  
Lorem iprseum dolodr si  
m
o
g
y
nibh  
re  
elit, ed  
lit,  
laoreet dolore ma  
t
d
lo  
n
a
d
m
iam non  
o
n
r
s
a
h
n
s
e
ip  
lo  
gna aliq  
m
o
am er umm  
n
it  
a
liiqq  
eeuismod t  
e
c
is  
uam er te  
s
r
u
e
m
u
u
m
m
e
a
o
d
d
m
e
m
m
tu  
e
re  
d
a
y
nibh  
t
c
e
o
e
ia  
lor sit ammet con  
o
g
sectetue  
n
n
ib  
adipiscing  
rat  
t
d
r
incidun  
a
Lorem ipsum  
d
t
o
d
lo  
r
a
o
tin  
d
ip  
o
n
r
s
a
h
n
re  
elit, ed  
lit,  
laoreet dolore ma  
o
o
e
s
e
c
liq  
id  
is  
c
d
m
i
lo  
n
it a  
met cons  
uismod  
t
c
in  
ectetuerisadipisctinegtu  
e
r
m
e
e
m
t u  
t
e
ip  
re  
gna aliquam  
m
umm  
m
m
y
u
a
u
n
in  
g
m
s
e
u
a
nibh eutisc  
ib  
mod tincidunt ut  
o
o
d
d
g
n
rat  
d
a
re  
d
n
o
tin  
d
e
iaam  
m
o
a
a
h
n
s
e
t
!
t
d
lo  
e
cidunt utip  
is  
id  
c
u
t
Lorem ipsu  
nnon  
n
r
s
liq  
c
o
o
o
u
u
te  
u
ing  
g
re  
elit, ed  
lit,  
lo  
it  
a
a
is  
n
d
m
iam non  
ip  
s
re  
umm  
m
m
m
tu  
t
e
m
m
m
e
o
e
r
a
d
A
laor  
Lorem  
a
y
er adipiscing  
dolor sit amet caonsectetuiber  
e
t
c
rat  
t
tin  
d
ip  
o
ipsumddolor situamet consectetu  
m
g
d
n
nnib  
o
c
o
reeet  
miam ntod  
ia  
olore  
n
id  
is  
c
re  
elit, ed  
lit,  
e
ip  
o
a
h
e
u
i
s
s
u
!
TTENTION  
d
n
m
magna  
o
lo  
liq  
e
e
c
te  
mod  
tu  
n
in  
g
e
o
n
r
s
u
u
is  
t
u
a
t
A
VISO DE  
PRECA  
Lorem ipsum do  
re  
la  
s
lo  
na alriequa  
n
it  
a
m
t
u
umm  
er  
rat  
t
o
e
r
oreet dolore mag  
d
ia  
d
m
m
m
m
e
ibh euismood ti  
e
c
te  
d
a
re  
d
m
tin  
incidunt ut  
e
m
o
a
y
n
n
t
c
d
ip  
t
d
lo  
g
n
a
c
id  
u
n
r
s
is  
o
o
n
c
in  
g
lo  
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet  
n
it  
a
aliqu  
liq  
h
s
n
re  
c
m
umm  
e
t
u
t
o
m
u
re  
m
u
is  
el  
liitt,  
Lorem ipsum dolor sliatoaremeteeeotdlcodroenmip  
m
iama  
a
m
e
am  
m
m
tu  
e
g
n
a
y
nibh  
n
ib  
h
t
c
o
,
d
s
n
g
o
n
n
a
m
aliqua  
d
o
eer  
rat  
d
tincidunt ut  
te  
tu  
e
r
aadip  
ncidunt  
o
o
d
u
a
n
s
tin  
d
re  
o
d
liq  
euismod  
e
t
c
id  
ut  
ip  
iscing  
c
in  
g
eli  
m
elit, ed diam non  
re  
c
lit,  
e
ip  
t, ed  
laoreet dolore  
s
m
ia  
u
u
is  
m
laoreet doloreipmagna aliquame  
lit, e  
edr  
n
lo  
m er  
e
n
t
u
o
d
u
m
t
m
Loremo ipsumddolorssit amet consectetluo er adoinpiscing  
o
a
u
o
r
s
o
r
Lorem  
i
r
p
e
sum dodloiasit amet  
r
m
m
rat  
d
tin  
a
t
o
ia  
d
o
it  
a
d
elit, ed diam non ia  
u
m
re  
umm  
m
m
t
d
ip  
t
re  
elit, ed iam non  
lit, ip  
lo  
n
laoreet dolore magna aliqreuam er umm  
mmag  
e
t
o
re  
d
lo  
re  
e
laoreet doloreipmagna aliquam er  
m
m
nibh eutis  
ib  
c
id  
is  
d
m
o
no  
o
r sit amet consectetuer adipiscing  
a
t
d
m
d
a
y
e
c
mod tincidunt ut  
ons  
u
c
e
it  
lit,  
e
m
o
g
n
n
n
in  
g
s
u
m
o
n
lo  
a
n
t
u
o
d
m
m
e
lo  
re  
o
r
umm  
m
sit  
a
a
h
s
d
d
m
o
d
s
n
liq  
e
ectetuer adipiscing  
te  
tu  
Lorem iprseum  
o
elit, ed  
e
iam non  
ip  
d
ia  
a
g
y
nibh eutis  
c
mod tincidunt ut  
re  
e
d
u
u
u
c
re  
d
t
d
m
o
lo  
na aliquam er  
n
ib  
o
n
s
UCION  
a
m
m
a
is  
n
a
ia  
d
m
nibh eeuismod tincidunteurat  
m
m
o
o
r
s
a
h
t
d
m
a
m
o
e
lit,  
e
lo  
n
it  
a
liq  
e
u
is  
e
o
g
sit aa  
d
r
a
t
s
re  
u
u
cte  
o
n
o
lo  
n
y
t
t
tin  
d
Lolaroermeeip  
dolo  
s
d
u
m
mm  
m
m
a
tu  
lo  
r
umm  
m
t
c
o
c
ip  
o
rere  
elit, ed  
lit,  
laoreet dolore ma  
o
d
d
m
a
e
m
m
re  
n
a
ib  
id  
is  
m
i
a
m
n
o
n
i
a
d
olo  
lo  
g
y
nibh  
n
ib  
t
co  
co  
e
o
nsectetuter adip  
d
e
r
u
c
in  
e
ip  
t
m
n
a
rat  
tin  
m
m
liq  
h
n
n
d
n
a
d
e
sectetuer adipiscing  
c
tu  
t
u
g
s
o
r
s
sit  
it  
h
s
adipisctineg  
ip  
a
m
u
u
t
d
g
na  
umlo  
m
o
n
a
nse  
liq  
amet con  
eu  
e
c
id  
is  
c
g
y
nibh eeuismmod tincisidmunt  
a
u
t
te  
o
re  
d
re  
o
umm  
u
sectetue  
u
r
u
in  
g
n
t
c
o
ia  
domlo  
lo  
a
r
g
s
n
itaaam  
m
li  
e
q
t
u
c
a
o
m
ermctetuer  
e
a
s
a
dipiscinig  
ssm  
e
rat  
t
m
m
tu  
od tinciduent ut  
n
t
u
a
e
c
e
a
t
d
m
m
y
a
liq  
u
ib  
o
e
Lorem ipsum dolor sit  
re  
m
n
g
nibh eutis  
ib  
h
c
d
r
a
t
rat  
d
o
s
n
tin  
h
n
r
a
n
o
elit, ed diam non  
lo  
o
o
d
e
s
t
tin  
cid  
re  
n
u
ita  
a
a
n
ip  
e
d
mm  
m
y
liq  
e
e
e
c
id  
u
is  
c
ing  
g
a
u
ism  
ip  
is  
cin  
g
lit,  
laoreet dolore ma  
e
ip  
m
m
u
c
m
te  
tu  
s
gna aliquam er  
u
d
a
ni  
n
t
u
c
a
is  
mod  
te  
n
u
d
m
g
n
m
n
s
tu  
e
r
t
u
e
rat  
o
o
e
re  
d
a
ibh euismood  
e
o
a
u
t
d
r
a
n
t
u
Lorem ip  
ia  
a
h
liquam er  
a
rat  
e
t
c
te  
d
tincidunt  
tin  
c
o
e
t
d
m
o
e
d
t
ip  
t
re  
elit, ed  
lit,  
lo  
t
n
u
u
c
d
dm  
iam non  
ip  
sum  
o
r
s
is  
id  
is  
c
in  
ip  
is  
e
lo  
o
n
it  
a
m
m
tu  
u
n
t
Safety Depends on You  
id  
re  
m
dolor sit  
u
e
o
e
ttiinncidunt  
cid  
u
la  
u
mm  
m
met conse  
y
me  
e
rat  
intectiduuenr taudtipiscing  
d
r
a
u
t
g
c
d
m
d
oreet do  
e
lore m  
d
ia  
a
t
ip  
t
u
in  
re  
a
g
ctetuer adipiscing  
nibh eutiscmonosd  
n
n
e
t
c
g
o
n
is  
t
t
d
m
lo  
a
ib  
o
u
n
t
c
in  
n
r
s
a
h
s
e
c
o
o
liq  
e
uut  
t
g
lo  
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetueLroaredmipiscindgolor  
n
it  
a
re  
umm  
sit am  
m
u
u
is  
te  
tu  
m
m
m
a
m
m
o
ipsum  
e
re  
elit, ed diam non  
ore  
elit, ed  
agn  
y
a aliquamib  
e
nibh euismod tincidunt ut tin  
t
c
e
o
d
r
a
g
rat  
d
m
iam non  
n
o
n
t
d
lit,  
e
m
laoreet doloreipmagna aliquam  
lit,  
Lorem ips  
non  
e
ip  
laoreet dolore ma  
ip  
e
a
na aliquam erliq  
m
h
s
e
c
c
id  
is  
c
s
g
u
e
u
te  
u
n
in  
g
Loremo ipsumddolorssit amet consectetuer adoipo iscingd  
u
d
u
a
is  
t
u
o
re  
elit, ed diam non  
d
m
rere  
ia  
d
m
m
tu  
re  
e
e
laoreet doloreipmag  
ia  
elit, ed iam  
lit, ipt  
laoreet dolore ma  
d
m
e
m
o
er  
o
e
t
t
d
m
na aliqu  
re  
d
e
d
n
gnoa aliquamo er  
lo  
rat  
d
r
a
lit,  
m
o
s
r
s
t
tin  
d
o
n
am erlo  
n
d
umlod  
re  
n
it  
a
c
ip  
lo  
o
r
umm it  
s
ore  
d
m
umm  
m
id  
is  
c
o
d
s
ia  
d
m
olorasi  
lo  
m
m
u
in  
g
re  
d
u
a
et  
d
m
e
t
c
o
n
t
onsectetuer adipiscing  
u
m
m
y
nibh eutiscmod tincidunt ut  
e
iam  
d
o
m
o
n
r
s
n
n
ib  
t
t
d
o
a
m
m
lo  
nibh eeuismod  
o
nmcidunmm  
i
t
a
m
n
lo  
n
n t  
m
u
mt  
y
liq  
e
e
u
a
m
h
s
e
g
y
t
ri  
lo  
o
r
s
umm it  
a
n
t
c
o
etuconsecteutuer adicptie  
s
re  
n
a
ib  
a
g
nibh eutis  
ma od tincis  
m
n
on  
c
m
tu  
m
m
a
liq  
h
n
n
a
ib  
h
e
e
o
d
er  
u
a
e
s
a
s
r
tin  
d
a
m
m
u
nibh eeuismmod tincisidmunt  
u
e
c
liq  
e
at  
g
y
a
u
t
t
e
u
u
cte  
t
c
ip  
n
t
c
o
a
is  
tu  
id  
is  
c
a
e
rat  
tu  
e
m
m
e
in  
g
a
liq  
ib  
o
e
o
r
nt  
u
d
a
d
h
n
d
r
a
r
at  
tin  
e
se  
t
tin  
t
ip  
is  
cin  
t
u
u
d
cidu  
a
is  
m
cte  
c
ip  
is  
m
id  
u
n
t
u
t
in  
g
e
tu  
e
u
nt  
c
t
u
t
o
u
rat  
d
in  
g
r
a
n
t
tin  
d
t
c
ip  
id  
u
isc  
in  
g
t
u
t
Lincoln arc welding and cutting  
equipment is designed and built  
with safety in mind. However,  
your overall safety can be  
A
AMPS  
V
VOL  
TS  
increased by proper installation  
. . . and thoughtful operation on  
your part. DO NOT INSTALL,  
OPERATE OR REPAIR THIS  
EQUIPMENT WITHOUT READ-  
ING THIS MANUAL AND THE  
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS CON-  
TAINED THROUGHOUT. And,  
most importantly, think before  
you act and be careful.  
A
OUTPUT  
L
IN  
ELECTR  
COLN  
WELD  
T
ERM  
IN  
ALS  
IC  
SELECT  
W
A
R
N
INVER  
I
N
G
TEC V350-PR  
O
O
N
SERVICE MANUAL  
Copyright © 2000 Lincoln Global Inc.  
• World's Leader in Welding and Cutting Products •  
• Sales and Service through Subsidiaries and Distributors Worldwide •  
Cleveland, Ohio 44117-1199 U.S.A. TEL: 216.481.8100 FAX: 216.486.1751 WEB SITE: www.lincolnelectric.com  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ii  
ii  
SAFETY  
ARC RAYS can burn.  
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill.  
3.a. The electrode and work (or ground) circuits  
are electrically “hot” when the welder is on.  
Do not touch these “hot” parts with your bare  
skin or wet clothing. Wear dry, hole-free  
gloves to insulate hands.  
4.a. Use a shield with the proper filter and cover  
plates to protect your eyes from sparks and  
the rays of the arc when welding or observing  
open arc welding. Headshield and filter lens  
should conform to ANSI Z87. I standards.  
4.b. Use suitable clothing made from durable flame-resistant  
material to protect your skin and that of your helpers from  
the arc rays.  
3.b. Insulate yourself from work and ground using dry insulation.  
Make certain the insulation is large enough to cover your full  
area of physical contact with work and ground.  
4.c. Protect other nearby personnel with suitable, non-flammable  
screening and/or warn them not to watch the arc nor expose  
themselves to the arc rays or to hot spatter or metal.  
In addition to the normal safety precautions, if welding  
must be performed under electrically hazardous  
conditions (in damp locations or while wearing wet  
clothing; on metal structures such as floors, gratings or  
scaffolds; when in cramped positions such as sitting,  
kneeling or lying, if there is a high risk of unavoidable or  
accidental contact with the workpiece or ground) use  
the following equipment:  
FUMES AND GASES  
can be dangerous.  
5.a. Welding may produce fumes and gases  
hazardous to health. Avoid breathing these  
• Semiautomatic DC Constant Voltage (Wire) Welder.  
• DC Manual (Stick) Welder.  
• AC Welder with Reduced Voltage Control.  
fumes and gases.When welding, keep  
your head out of the fume. Use enough  
ventilation and/or exhaust at the arc to keep  
3.c. In semiautomatic or automatic wire welding, the electrode,  
electrode reel, welding head, nozzle or semiautomatic  
welding gun are also electrically “hot”.  
fumes and gases away from the breathing zone. When  
welding with electrodes which require special  
ventilation such as stainless or hard facing (see  
instructions on container or MSDS) or on lead or  
cadmium plated steel and other metals or coatings  
which produce highly toxic fumes, keep exposure as  
low as possible and below Threshold Limit Values (TLV)  
using local exhaust or mechanical ventilation. In  
confined spaces or in some circumstances, outdoors, a  
respirator may be required. Additional precautions are  
also required when welding on galvanized steel.  
3.d. Always be sure the work cable makes a good electrical  
connection with the metal being welded. The connection  
should be as close as possible to the area being welded.  
3.e. Ground the work or metal to be welded to a good electrical  
(earth) ground.  
3.f. Maintain the electrode holder, work clamp, welding cable and  
welding machine in good, safe operating condition. Replace  
damaged insulation.  
5.b. Do not weld in locations near chlorinated hydrocarbon vapors  
coming from degreasing, cleaning or spraying operations.  
The heat and rays of the arc can react with solvent vapors to  
form phosgene, a highly toxic gas, and other irritating  
products.  
3.g. Never dip the electrode in water for cooling.  
3.h. Never simultaneously touch electrically “hot” parts of  
electrode holders connected to two welders because voltage  
between the two can be the total of the open circuit voltage  
of both welders.  
5.c. Shielding gases used for arc welding can displace air and  
cause injury or death. Always use enough ventilation,  
especially in confined areas, to insure breathing air is safe.  
3.i. When working above floor level, use a safety belt to protect  
yourself from a fall should you get a shock.  
5.d. Read and understand the manufacturer’s instructions for this  
equipment and the consumables to be used, including the  
material safety data sheet (MSDS) and follow your  
employer’s safety practices. MSDS forms are available from  
your welding distributor or from the manufacturer.  
3.j. Also see Items 6.c. and 8.  
5.e. Also see item 1.b.  
Mar ‘95  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
iii  
iii  
SAFETY  
WELDING SPARKS can  
cause fire or explosion.  
CYLINDER may explode  
if damaged.  
6.a. Remove fire hazards from the welding area.  
If this is not possible, cover them to prevent  
7.a. Use only compressed gas cylinders  
containing the correct shielding gas for the  
the welding sparks from starting a fire.  
Remember that welding sparks and hot  
materials from welding can easily go through small cracks  
and openings to adjacent areas. Avoid welding near  
hydraulic lines. Have a fire extinguisher readily available.  
process used and properly operating  
regulators designed for the gas and  
pressure used. All hoses, fittings, etc. should be suitable for  
the application and maintained in good condition.  
7.b. Always keep cylinders in an upright position securely  
chained to an undercarriage or fixed support.  
6.b. Where compressed gases are to be used at the job site,  
special precautions should be used to prevent hazardous  
situations. Refer to “Safety in Welding and Cutting” (ANSI  
Standard Z49.1) and the operating information for the  
equipment being used.  
7.c. Cylinders should be located:  
•Away from areas where they may be struck or subjected to  
physical damage.  
6.c. When not welding, make certain no part of the electrode  
circuit is touching the work or ground. Accidental contact can  
cause overheating and create a fire hazard.  
•A safe distance from arc welding or cutting operations and  
any other source of heat, sparks, or flame.  
7.d. Never allow the electrode, electrode holder or any other  
electrically “hot” parts to touch a cylinder.  
6.d. Do not heat, cut or weld tanks, drums or containers until the  
proper steps have been taken to insure that such procedures  
will not cause flammable or toxic vapors from substances  
inside. They can cause an explosion even though they have  
been “cleaned”. For information, purchase “Recommended  
Safe Practices for the Preparation for Welding and Cutting of  
Containers and Piping That Have Held Hazardous  
Substances”, AWS F4.1 from the American Welding Society  
(see address above).  
7.e. Keep your head and face away from the cylinder valve outlet  
when opening the cylinder valve.  
7.f. Valve protection caps should always be in place and hand  
tight except when the cylinder is in use or connected for  
use.  
7.g. Read and follow the instructions on compressed gas  
cylinders, associated equipment, and CGA publication P-l,  
“Precautions for Safe Handling of Compressed Gases in  
Cylinders,” available from the Compressed Gas Association  
1235 Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington, VA 22202.  
6.e. Vent hollow castings or containers before heating, cutting or  
welding. They may explode.  
6.f. Sparks and spatter are thrown from the welding arc. Wear oil  
free protective garments such as leather gloves, heavy shirt,  
cuffless trousers, high shoes and a cap over your hair. Wear  
ear plugs when welding out of position or in confined places.  
Always wear safety glasses with side shields when in a  
welding area.  
FOR ELECTRICALLY  
powered equipment.  
6.g. Connect the work cable to the work as close to the welding  
area as practical. Work cables connected to the building  
framework or other locations away from the welding area  
increase the possibility of the welding current passing  
through lifting chains, crane cables or other alternate circuits.  
This can create fire hazards or overheat lifting chains or  
cables until they fail.  
8.a. Turn off input power using the disconnect  
switch at the fuse box before working on  
the equipment.  
8.b. Install equipment in accordance with the U.S. National  
Electrical Code, all local codes and the manufacturer’s  
recommendations.  
6.h. Also see item 1.c.  
8.c. Ground the equipment in accordance with the U.S. National  
Electrical Code and the manufacturer’s recommendations.  
Mar ‘95  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
iv  
iv  
SAFETY  
6. Eloigner les matériaux inflammables ou les recouvrir afin de  
PRÉCAUTIONS DE SÛRETÉ  
prévenir tout risque d’incendie dû aux étincelles.  
Pour votre propre protection lire et observer toutes les instructions  
et les précautions de sûreté specifiques qui parraissent dans ce  
manuel aussi bien que les précautions de sûreté générales suiv-  
antes:  
7. Quand on ne soude pas, poser la pince à une endroit isolé de  
la masse. Un court-circuit accidental peut provoquer un  
échauffement et un risque d’incendie.  
8. S’assurer que la masse est connectée le plus prés possible de  
la zone de travail qu’il est pratique de le faire. Si on place la  
masse sur la charpente de la construction ou d’autres endroits  
éloignés de la zone de travail, on augmente le risque de voir  
passer le courant de soudage par les chaines de levage,  
câbles de grue, ou autres circuits. Cela peut provoquer des  
risques d’incendie ou d’echauffement des chaines et des  
câbles jusqu’à ce qu’ils se rompent.  
Sûreté Pour Soudage A L’Arc  
1. Protegez-vous contre la secousse électrique:  
a. Les circuits à l’électrode et à la piéce sont sous tension  
quand la machine à souder est en marche. Eviter toujours  
tout contact entre les parties sous tension et la peau nue  
ou les vétements mouillés. Porter des gants secs et sans  
trous pour isoler les mains.  
b. Faire trés attention de bien s’isoler de la masse quand on  
soude dans des endroits humides, ou sur un plancher met-  
allique ou des grilles metalliques, principalement dans  
les positions assis ou couché pour lesquelles une grande  
partie du corps peut être en contact avec la masse.  
c. Maintenir le porte-électrode, la pince de masse, le câble de  
soudage et la machine à souder en bon et sûr état defonc-  
tionnement.  
9. Assurer une ventilation suffisante dans la zone de soudage.  
Ceci est particuliérement important pour le soudage de tôles  
galvanisées plombées, ou cadmiées ou tout autre métal qui  
produit des fumeés toxiques.  
10. Ne pas souder en présence de vapeurs de chlore provenant  
d’opérations de dégraissage, nettoyage ou pistolage. La  
chaleur ou les rayons de l’arc peuvent réagir avec les vapeurs  
du solvant pour produire du phosgéne (gas fortement toxique)  
ou autres produits irritants.  
d.Ne jamais plonger le porte-électrode dans l’eau pour le  
refroidir.  
e. Ne jamais toucher simultanément les parties sous tension  
des porte-électrodes connectés à deux machines à souder  
parce que la tension entre les deux pinces peut être le total  
de la tension à vide des deux machines.  
11. Pour obtenir de plus amples renseignements sur la sûreté, voir  
le code “Code for safety in welding and cutting” CSA Standard  
W 117.2-1974.  
f. Si on utilise la machine à souder comme une source de  
courant pour soudage semi-automatique, ces precautions  
pour le porte-électrode s’applicuent aussi au pistolet de  
soudage.  
PRÉCAUTIONS DE SÛRETÉ POUR  
LES MACHINES À SOUDER À  
TRANSFORMATEUR ET À  
REDRESSEUR  
2. Dans le cas de travail au dessus du niveau du sol, se protéger  
contre les chutes dans le cas ou on recoit un choc. Ne jamais  
enrouler le câble-électrode autour de n’importe quelle partie du  
corps.  
3. Un coup d’arc peut être plus sévère qu’un coup de soliel, donc:  
a. Utiliser un bon masque avec un verre filtrant approprié ainsi  
qu’un verre blanc afin de se protéger les yeux du rayon-  
nement de l’arc et des projections quand on soude ou  
quand on regarde l’arc.  
1. Relier à la terre le chassis du poste conformement au code de  
l’électricité et aux recommendations du fabricant. Le dispositif  
de montage ou la piece à souder doit être branché à une  
bonne mise à la terre.  
b. Porter des vêtements convenables afin de protéger la peau  
de soudeur et des aides contre le rayonnement de l‘arc.  
c. Protéger l’autre personnel travaillant à proximité au  
soudage à l’aide d’écrans appropriés et non-inflammables.  
2. Autant que possible, I’installation et l’entretien du poste seront  
effectués par un électricien qualifié.  
3. Avant de faires des travaux à l’interieur de poste, la debranch-  
er à l’interrupteur à la boite de fusibles.  
4. Des gouttes de laitier en fusion sont émises de l’arc de  
soudage. Se protéger avec des vêtements de protection libres  
de l’huile, tels que les gants en cuir, chemise épaisse, pan-  
talons sans revers, et chaussures montantes.  
4. Garder tous les couvercles et dispositifs de sûreté à leur place.  
5. Toujours porter des lunettes de sécurité dans la zone de  
soudage. Utiliser des lunettes avec écrans lateraux dans les  
zones où l’on pique le laitier.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
v
v
MASTER TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR ALL SECTIONS  
RETURN TO MAIN INDEX  
Page  
Safety.................................................................................................................................................i-iv  
Installation.............................................................................................................................Section A  
Operation...............................................................................................................................Section B  
Accessories...........................................................................................................................Section C  
Maintenance .........................................................................................................................Section D  
Theory of Operation .............................................................................................................Section E  
Troubleshooting and Repair.................................................................................................Section F  
How to Use Troubleshooting Guide............................................................................................F-2  
Troubleshooting Guide................................................................................................................F-4  
Test Procedures ........................................................................................................................F-15  
Replacement Procedures .........................................................................................................F-51  
Electrical Diagrams..............................................................................................................Section G  
Parts Manual....................................................................................................................P-369 Series  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SectionA-1  
Section A-1  
TABLE OF CONTENTS  
- INSTALLATION SECTION -  
Installation  
Technical Specifications .............................................................................................................A-2  
Input Grounding Connections ....................................................................................................A-3  
Power Cord Connection.............................................................................................................A-3  
Single Phase Input ...............................................................................................................A-3  
Three Phase Input ................................................................................................................A-3  
Parallel Operation .......................................................................................................................A-3  
Quick Disconnect Plugs .............................................................................................................A-3  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A-2  
A-2  
INSTALLATION  
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - INVERTEC V350-PRO  
INPUT AC VOLTAGE & DC OUTPUT  
Product Ordering Input AC  
Rated DC Output  
Output  
Range  
(continuous)  
Weight  
with Cord  
Name Information Voltage Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle  
HxWxD  
K1728-1 200-230 / 200-230/  
350A / 34V / 60%  
275A / 31V / 100%  
Factory  
380-415/  
460-480/  
575  
Factory  
82.5lbs  
14.7”x12.5”x  
27.8”*  
(373x318x  
706*)mm  
Invertec  
(37.4 kg)  
V350- K1728-2  
3 Phase  
AMPS  
5-425  
PRO Construction 60/50 Hz  
60/50 Hz  
208-230/  
Construction  
81.5lbs  
(36.9 kg)  
350A / 34V / 60%  
275A / 31V /100%  
* Includes  
handles  
K1728-3  
“CE”  
415/  
460-480/  
575  
1 Phase  
* Overall Length Including Handle, 27.8” (706mm) without handle.  
V350-PRO INPUT CURRENT  
Recommended Fuse Sizes Based On The U.S. National Electrical Code And Maximum Machine Outputs  
Input 50/60 Hz Output Recommended  
275Amps@  
Voltage  
Phases  
350Amps@  
Line Cord  
Size Fuse Size  
Notes  
31Volts(100%)  
34Volts(60%)  
208  
230  
415  
460  
575  
200  
208  
230  
380  
400  
415  
460  
575  
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
70  
62  
38  
34  
27  
37  
36  
31  
21  
20  
19  
17  
14  
94  
85  
54  
42  
37  
50  
50  
42  
28  
27  
26  
23  
18  
2
4
6
8
8
8
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
125A  
125A  
80A  
70A  
50A  
80A  
80A  
70A  
50A  
50A  
50A  
50A  
35A  
Note 1  
Note 1  
Note 1  
Note 1  
Note 1  
1. When operating on these inputs, the line cord should be changed to an input conductor of 6 AWG or larger.  
OUTPUT CABLES, CONNECTIONS AND LIMITATIONS  
Select the output cable size based upon the following chart.  
Cable sizes for Combined Length of Electrode and Work Cable (Copper) 75C rated:  
DUTY CYCLE  
100%  
CURRENT  
275  
350  
LENGTH UP 61m (200 FT)  
61-76m (200-250 FT)  
1/0  
1/0  
1/0  
2/0  
60%  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A-3  
A-3  
INSTALLATION  
INSTALLATION  
Single Phase Input  
1. Connect green lead to ground per U.S. National  
Electrical Code.  
2. Connect black and white leads to power.  
3. Wrap red lead with tape to provide 600V insulation.  
WARNING  
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill.  
• TURN THE INPUT POWER OFF AT  
THE DISCONNECT SWITCH BEFORE  
ATTEMPTING TO CONNECT OR DIS-  
CONNECT INPUT POWER LINES, OUTPUT  
CABLES, OR CONTROL CABLES.  
Three Phase Input  
1. Connect green lead to ground per U.S. National  
Electric Code.  
2. Connect black, red and white leads to power.  
Install in accordance with all local and national  
electric codes.  
• Only qualified personnel should perform this  
installation.  
• Connect the green lead of the power cord to  
ground per U.S. National Electrical Code.  
--------------------------------------------------------------------  
PARALLEL OPERATION  
The V350-Pro are operable in parallel in CC mode.  
For best results, the currents of each machine should  
be reasonably well shared. As an example, with two  
machines set up in parallel for a 400 amp procedure,  
each machine should be set to deliver approximately  
200 amps, not 300 amps from one and 100 amps  
from the other. This will minimize nuisance shutdown  
conditions. In general, more than two machines in  
parallel will not be effective due to the voltage  
requirements of procedures in that power range.  
To set machine outputs, start with output control pots  
and arc control pots in identical positions. Use the  
output control pots to balance the currents and main-  
tain the desired voltage or current. The arc control  
pots should be kept identical on the two machines.  
INPUT AND GROUNDING CONNECTIONS  
1. Only a qualified electrician should connect the  
Invertec V350-PRO. Installation should be made  
in accordance with the U.S. National Electrical  
Code, all local codes and the information detailed  
below.  
2. When received directly from the factory, multiple  
voltage machines are internally connected for  
460VAC. If 460VAC is the desired input, then the  
machine may be connected to the power system  
without any setup required inside the machine.  
3. Initial 200VAC - 415VAC and 575VAC operation  
will require an Input voltage panel setup.  
• Open the access panel on the rear of the  
machine.  
QUICK DISCONNECT PLUGS  
• For 200 or 230: Position the large switch to 200-  
230.  
For higher voltages: Position the large switch to  
380-575.  
A quick disconnect system is used for the welding  
cable connections. The welding plug included with the  
machine is designed to accept a welding cable size of  
1/0 to 2/0.  
• Move the "A" lead to the appropriate terminal.  
POWER CORD CONNECTION  
1. Remote 25mm (1 in.) of welding cable insulation.  
A 10 ft. (3.0m) power cord is provided and wired into  
the machine. Follow the power cord connection  
instructions. Incorrect connection may result in equip-  
ment damage.  
2. Slide rubber boot onto cable end. The boot end  
may be trimmed to match the cable diameter.  
Soap or other lubricant will help to slide the boot  
over the cable.  
BOOT  
WELDING CABLE  
BLACK  
GREEN  
RED  
!
W
!
ARNING  
W
amet co  
A
L
o
r
e
m
i
p
s
u
m
d
o
l
o
r
s
i
t
RN  
nsectetu  
e
r
a
d
i
p
i
scing  
ING  
elit,  
laoreet  
Lorem um do  
elit, ed  
iam no  
do  
em  
ip  
agna aliquam er  
si um  
m
,
e
d
m
s
i
r
e
s
e
d
r
d
o
e
m
t
n
n
o
n
l
o
r
,
ed  
i
p
s
um  
Lorem  
ree  
ipsum dololore  
elit, ed iam no  
sit amon  
gna  
l
o
r
e
o
n
u
m
m
m
s
i
t
a
laoreet  
ma  
liloquam  
co  
m
me  
i
t
dia  
dolore  
m
d
a
o
g
e
n
r
y
t
co  
e
m
m
a
n
r
s
e
a
aliq  
ibh  
nibh eu  
nse  
lao  
reet  
Lorem ipsum dt odlo  
lore  
,
ed  
um  
r
ma  
si  
e
t
um  
mm  
m
ns  
i
am  
e
on  
ons erat  
ectetu  
etu  
er  
u
a
s
m
e
u
i
sm  
od  
m
o
d
c
t
e
tue  
dia  
or  
d
o
gna  
y
e
u
t
is  
c
m
o
r
o
l
r
s
e
m
m
a
n
g
n
a
a
l
o
r
aliq  
ibh  
nibh  
t
t
t
 s
i
nccinidu  
g
idu  
nt  
ad  
ipis  
e
l
i
t
,
e
d
e
m
onumm  
mm  
t
am  
e
aliquamib  
u
a
e
u
i
sm  
od  
e
r
a
d
i
p
i
cin  
g
laoreet  
,
ed  
um  
iamipsnon  
ma  
gna  
y
e
u
t
is  
c
m
m
e
r
a
u
t
t
ree  
t
dia  
dol  
lore mag  
dolo  
liqu  
dimpiscin  
nibh  
o
n
a
t
tinc  
dip  
!
Lor  
m
n
o
r
u
er  
s
e
c
t
e
t
u
e
r
a
d
i
p
i
s
c
i
n
g
d
u
n
t
u
t
i
s
c
e
l
i
t
,
e
d
e
m
i
p
u
m
n
n
a
u
a
m
m
m
a
s
m
i
t
am  
nibh  
c
t
m
e
a
i
dipisc  
sm  
o
d
t
i
n
d
e
r
u
t
A
e
s
t
u
,
m
e
d
d
o
l
o
r
sit  
s
a
te  
tuer  
gna  
a
y
g
e
e
u
t
is  
c
u
r
a
t
u
t
tinc  
idu  
nt  
dip  
e
l
i
t
,
e
d
e
r
m
ee  
Lorlaemoreip  
t
d
o
l
dia  
m
dol  
amet consec  
um do  
o
aliq  
ibh  
ons  
mod tincid  
isc  
ing  
!
TTENTION  
ip  
g
n
a
l
o
m
a
n
g
o
r
s
i
t
uam eui  
erat  
sm  
od  
u
laoreet  
,
d
m
a
s
um  
ma  
r
e
n
n
a
u
a
m
m
li  
m
a
m
a
met  
me  
t
A
VISO DE  
PRECA  
ree  
t
dolo  
onumm  
mm  
m
y
i
b
h
e
u
t
i
s
m
t
t
tinc  
idu  
nt  
a
dip  
do  
lore  
m
n
o
r
s
g
n
a
n
ibh  
c
o
nsectetu  
cte  
isc  
ing  
L
o
r
e
m
i
p
s
u
m
i
t
a
m
a
l
i
q
u
e
u
u
e
l
i
t
,
e
d
n
i
b
e
t
a
m
e
i
a
l
i
q
u
a
m
i
b
e
u
i
o
n
s
r
a
t
u
a
m
u
i
ect  
t
ipiscing  
cin  
Lorem ipsum dolor  
elit, e  
emdiam non  
ip  
olor  
on iam  
olo  
laoreet  
,
ed  
dia  
dolore  
e
m
ips  
um  
ma  
gna  
y
c
sm  
od  
tinc  
tue  
r adi  
r
ad  
t
Lore  
elit, ed  
e
ipsum dolor sit ame  
dmiamipnon  
r
ree  
t
r
r
s
e
r
idu  
i
t
a
m
e
t
c
o
n
s
e
c
t
e
t
onumm  
gna daolo  
si  
t
e
r
a
t
o
d
tinc  
idu  
nt  
i
n
c
i
d
e
u
t
g
i
e
d
r
s
i
t
am  
e
t
c
o
n
s
e
c
t
e
t
u
e
r
a
d
i
p
i
s
c
i
n
g
la  
Loremor  
elit, e  
emdiamet  
ip  
m
m
a
n
sm  
etu  
nt  
laoreet  
Lorem reps  
,
ed  
u
m
i
e
p
e
s
t
ddo  
d
d
s
s
u
m
u
mm  
am  
am  
t
em  
lore  
d
t
m
m
a
r
n
d
d
ma  
e
on  
ons  
ect  
etu  
s
e
c
t
e
t
u
e
r
a
d
i
p
i
s
c
i
n
g
elit  
laoreet  
ip  
it  
loli  
dolore  
um do  
n
o
r
y
e
u
t
is  
c
m
o
g
n
a
a
 q
u
a
m
numm  
si  
t
mm  
am  
ib  
lao  
no olo  
li  
r
s
gna  
consecte  
a
t
ibh  
nibh  
d
t
u
t
ing  
r
,
e
d
d
m
s
m
a
s
u
r
e
a
er  
e
oreet ddolo  
et  
olo  
d
re  
m
s
u
a
g
n
a
r
a
e
li  
a
a
g
m
n
u
u
e
m
a
m
q
i
i
t
t
m
a
m
e
e
r
t
liq  
uam ereuis  
ismod tincidunteurattt mo  
on  
L
o
r
e
m
i
p
s
u
m
doloia  
do  
lore  
r
a
m
m
t
c
o
gna aliqu  
aliq  
uam euis  
y
a
n
e
h
r
e
u
t
is  
c
m
ons  
onsectetuer adipiscing  
UCION  
dunt ut  
a
o
l
o
a
g
m
m
a
n
o
na  
y nibh  
aliq ibh  
e
t
c
u
n
t
dip  
ut  
t
,
dia  
lor  
umlore  
do  
um  
gna daolilo  
onumm  
ma  
e
m
e
t
i
u
iam  
m
d
m
me  
e
elit, ed  
Lolaroereet  
ed  
erm  
e
m
n
onumm  
mm  
r
si  
t
ibh  
ect  
d
d
r
am  
re  
m
numm  
r
i
t
a
cid  
tincid  
unt  
isc  
ing  
elit  
laoreet  
 m
d
e
e
t
m
gna  
y
ibh  
nibh  
e
u
t
is  
c
ons  
ect  
e
r
a
t
o
d
tin er  
tin  
c
a
g
m
m
y nibh  
aliq ibh  
ua  
m
e
e
u
a
eu  
se  
ismomdetincisidmunt  
on  
rat od tue  
c
t
t
e
ree  
,
e
d
dia  
m
ip  
a
s
g
u
o
m
d
o
m
a
n
r
si  
nibh  
t
am  
aliq  
uam eui  
mod tincidun  
etu  
t
cid  
unt  
dip  
isc  
ing  
na  
t
c
r
r
adi  
a
t
m
m
mm  
e
s
er  
ut  
Lorem ipsum  
elit, ed  
iam non  
do  
lore  
n
onum  
mm  
gna aliqu  
aliq  
uam ereuis  
lo  
a
g
s
n
a
y
ibh  
ereui  
onsec sm  
e
u
t
is  
c
o
n
e
c
t
e
r
u
e
t
r
t
m
ad  
u
o
t
t
ci  
a
dip  
u
eu  
se  
tin  
d
e
m
t
aam  
et  
 m
liq  
s
ect  
etu  
idu  
nt  
isc  
m
e
i
s
m
c
t
e
t
u
c
i
d
u
g
i
p
i
s
c
i
n
g
laoreet  
,
ed  
ips  
um  
ma  
y
u
c
a
o
m
n
n
ing  
r
a
t
o
d
tin  
ing  
e
adipiscin  
L
o
e
m
i
p
r
e
e
dia  
dolore  
ma allore  
m
d
o
a
n
ibh  
e
od  
at  
tinc  
er  
a
dip  
u
t
WHITE  
l
o
r
s
i
t
c
i
d
d
i
p
i
s
r
ip  
a
s
g
u
n
g
o
n
n
a
s
i
t
a
me  
met co  
c
m
o
d
d
ct  
e
tuer adipi idu  
r
ad  
r
a
n
t
u
t
t
e
e
r
t
elit  
em  
m
a
n
nt  
isc  
ing  
u
n
c
u
m
u
m
m
m
m
e
r
a
t
ing  
laoreet  
,
e
d
d
i
m
ma  
gna  
i
b
h
e
u
tin  
t
t
u
t
ree  
t
a
m
y
n
t
is  
mod tincidunt ut  
nsectet  
cte  
t
n
cidunt  
unt  
uip  
iscing  
cin  
do  
lore  
m
n
onu  
r
r
si  
aliq  
ibh  
e
o
g
Lorem  
elit,  
emdiam non  
laor ipsum dolor sit amet cons  
suagna  
i
i
ma  
mm  
t
a
m
e
t
c
o
n
u
a
m
e
r
u
i
sm  
tue  
r adipiscing  
r
ad  
ut  
r
e
l
i
t
,
e
ore  
Lorem  
d
d
m
gna  
y
c
erat  
ectet  
od  
e
l
i
t
ipsum  
magnma  
or  
liquamon  
doma  
a
i
b
h
e
u
i
s
m
o
n
o
s
e
t
tinc  
idu  
nt  
ipis  
L
e
o
o
l
a
o
r
e
t
,
e
d
d
d
l
i
q
u
a
m
e
u
i
s
etu  
cin  
g
Lor oreet ddolo  
m
d
m
a
e
e
i
d
m
m
u
t
e
l
i
t
,
e
e
m
i
p
d
o
i
a
l
o
o
e
l
i
t
,
e
d
o
l
o
r
s
i
t
a
m
e
t
c
o
n
e
s
r
a
c
t
t
e
o
ip  
n
l
o
m
s
i
t
c
i
u
n
d
i
p
i
s
c
i
n
g
r
e
s
t
d
olo  
m
m
r
d
d
m
e
t
s
d
u
o
o
m
n
a
l
m
n
d
a
d
laaoreet  
o
s
laoreet  
eet  
d
e
d
d
s
g
u
m
lo  
r
e
e
u
r
m
a
t
d
ore  
d
d
s
u
r
e
numm  
r
i
t
a
iam  
m
me  
unt  
isc  
ing  
i
a
m
o
n
m
l
o
r
g
n
h
e
u
o
l
o
a
g
m
y
n
i
n
u
m
s
i
t
a
m
a
l
i
b
n
o
r
sit  
n
b
h
e
t
c
m
r
o
a
d
di  
t
m
m
e
t
u
c
c
am  
a
o
e
r
eu  
sect  
et doloriam  
olo  
re  
d
m
me  
aliq ibh  
dolo  
re  
pisc  
no  
i
t
a
a
y
t
is  
c
m
on  
ut  
i
b
h
e
u
m
numm  
liqu  
m
am  
i
t
a
m
a
et  
c
o
s
ect  
e
a
i
g
n
g
a
a
y
n
ibh  
mn  
d
istdu  
ns  
s
e
e
r
t
c
 n
t
e
m
unt  
o
d
u
ti etue  
r
tin  
r
adipi  
ad  
m
e
u
a
m
y
n
i
b
h
e
etue  
ctt  
at  
r
n
nt  
agna  
a
er  
e
u
t
liqu  
eu  
e
c
idunt  
u
ip  
iscin  
g
g
na  
t
c
on  
m
am  
dipiscienrg  
ism  
od  
r
aliq ibh  
ua  
a
at  
a
u
euismso  
d
e
n
t
tincid  
d
i
p
i
s
t
m
e
r
i
s
m
c
t
e
t
u
cidundip  
un isc  
ut ing  
unt  
c
ing  
ut  
n
g
r
a
t
o
d
tin  
e
r
a
t
c
i
d
d
i
p
i
s
t
u
n
c
ing  
t
u
t
25 mm  
TRIM  
1 in.  
A
A
M
P
S
V
V
O
L
T
S
A
O
U
T
P
L
U
T
IN  
E
C
L
W
E
O
E
LD  
L
T
E
N
T
R
M
C
IN  
A
LS  
R
IC  
W
SE  
A
R
I
LE  
C
T
N
I
N
N
V
E
R
R
E
T
E
C
V
3
5
0
3. Slide the copper tube into the brass plug.  
4. Insert cable into copper tube.  
-
P
R
O
O
N
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A-4  
A-4  
INSTALLATION  
SET SCREW  
BRASS PLUG  
COPPER TUBE  
5. Tighten set screw to collapse copper tube. Screw  
must apply pressure against welding cable. The  
top of the set screw will be well below the surface  
of the brass plug after tightening.  
6. Slide rubber boot over brass plug. The rubber  
boot must be positioned to completely cover all  
electrical surfaces after the plug is locked into the  
receptacle.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section B-1  
Section B-1  
TABLE OF CONTENTS  
- OPERATION SECTION -  
Operation...............................................................................................................................Section B  
Operating Instructions ................................................................................................................B-2  
Product Description .............................................................................................................B-2  
Duty Cycle............................................................................................................................B-2  
Operational Features and Controls ............................................................................................B-2  
Upper Control Panel...................................................................................................................B-2  
Amps Meter..........................................................................................................................B-2  
Volt Meter .............................................................................................................................B-2  
Output Control......................................................................................................................B-2  
Weld Terminals .....................................................................................................................B-2  
Thermal.................................................................................................................................B-3  
Control Remote....................................................................................................................B-3  
Hidden Middle Control Panel .....................................................................................................B-3  
Weld Mode Select ................................................................................................................B-3  
CC-Stick Soft..................................................................................................................B-3  
CC-Stick Crisp................................................................................................................B-3  
TIG GTAW .......................................................................................................................B-4  
CV-Wire...........................................................................................................................B-4  
CV-Flux Cored ................................................................................................................B-4  
Hot Start & Arc Control ........................................................................................................B-4  
Lower Case Front .......................................................................................................................B-4  
CV Modes.............................................................................................................................B-4  
TIG Mode .............................................................................................................................B-5  
CC-Stick Modes...................................................................................................................B-5  
Types of Remote Output Control................................................................................................B-5  
Types of Remote Weld Terminal Control ....................................................................................B-5  
Design Features and Advantages...............................................................................................B-5  
Auxiliary Power ...........................................................................................................................B-6  
Limitations...................................................................................................................................B-6  
Recommended Processes..........................................................................................................B-6  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B-2  
B-2  
OPERATIONAL FEATURES and CONTROLS:  
OPERATION  
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS  
UPPER CONTROL PANEL  
1. AMPS Meter  
WARNING  
• Prior to STICK or TIG operation (current flow), the  
meter displays preset current value (either 2 amps or  
+/- 3% (e.g. 3 amps on 100), whichever is greater).  
• Prior to CV operation, the meter displays four dash-  
es indicating non-presetable AMPS.  
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill.  
• Do not touch electrically live parts or  
electrode with skin or wet clothing.  
• Insulate yourself from work and  
ground.  
• During welding, this meter displays actual average  
amps.  
• Always wear dry insulating gloves.  
------------------------------------------------------------------------  
FUMES AND GASES can be dangerous.  
• Keep your head out of fumes.  
• Use ventilation or exhaust to remove  
fumes from breathing zone.  
• After welding, the meter holds the actual current  
value for 5 seconds. Output adjustment while in the  
"hold" period results in the "prior to operation" char-  
acteristics stated above. The displays blink indicat-  
ing that the machine is in the "Hold" period.  
-------------------------------------------------------  
-----------------  
2. VOLT METER  
WELDING SPARKS can cause fire or  
explosion.  
• Prior to CV operation (current flow), the meter dis-  
plays desired preset voltage value (+/- .5V).  
• Prior to STICK or TIG operation, the meter displays  
the Open Circuit Voltage of the Power Source or  
four dashes if the output has not been turned on.  
• During welding, this meter displays actual average  
volts.  
• Keep flammable material away.  
• Do not weld on closed containers.  
------------------------------------------------------------------------  
ARC RAYS can burn eyes and skin.  
• Wear eye, ear and body  
• After welding, the meter holds the actual voltage  
value for 5 seconds. The displays blink indicating  
that the machine is in the "Hold" period.  
• Output adjustment while in the "hold" period results  
in the "prior to operation" characteristics stated  
above.  
protection.  
------------------------------------------------------------  
See additional warning information at  
front of this operators manual.  
-----------------------------------------------------------  
3. OUTPUT CONTROL  
• Output control is conducted via a single turn poten-  
tiometer.  
• Adjustment is indicated by the meters as stated  
above.  
• When in TIG modes, this control sets the maximum  
welding current. Full depression of a foot or hand  
Amptrol results in the preset level of current.  
GENERAL DESCRIPTION  
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION  
The Invertec V350-Pro offers multi mode CV and CC  
DC welding and is rated 350 amps, 34 volts at a 60%  
duty cycle. The V350-Pro is available in European and  
Rest of the World (North America and Export) versions.  
Differences between these versions are input ratings  
and CE noise filtering. In the different configurations,  
the V350-Pro is available in either a construction ver-  
sion (no wire feeder connection and auxiliary power)  
and a factory version (includes wire feeder connection  
and related power).  
4. WELD TERMINALS-REMOTE , ON  
• Two status lights indicate the location of trigger  
control as determined by the "WELD TERMINALS"  
push button.  
• If trigger control is local "weld terminals on", the ON  
display will be lit.  
• If trigger control is remote "weld terminals remotely  
controlled", the REMOTE display will be lit.  
• The unit will power up in "pre-determined preferred"  
trigger modes.  
For the Construction version all modes ON.  
For the Factory version  
DUTY CYCLE  
The V350-Pro is rated at 350 amps, 60% duty cycle  
(based on a 10 minute cycle). It is also rated at 275  
amps, 100% duty cycle.  
STICK = ON  
TIG and CV = ON or REMOTE depending if remote  
output controls are connected to the machine.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B-3  
B-3  
OPERATION  
For both the Construction and Factory versions,  
these trigger modes can be over-ridden (switched)  
with the WELD TERMINALS push button. When  
changed, the unit will power up in the configuration it  
was in when it was last powered down.  
7. WELD MODE SELECT  
The Mode Control button selects the following weld-  
ing modes desired.  
CC-STICK SOFT: The Stick Soft process features  
continuous control ranging from 5 to 425 amps. This  
mode was intended for most SMAW applications, and  
Arc Gouging.  
5. THERMAL  
• This status light indicates when the power source  
has been driven into thermal overload. If the output  
terminals were "ON", the "ON" light will blink indi-  
cating that the output will be turned back on once  
the unit cools down to an acceptable temperature  
level. If the unit was operating in the "REMOTE"  
mode, the trigger will need to be opened before or  
after the thermal has cleared and closed after the  
machine has cooled down to an acceptable temper-  
ature to establish output.  
• Arc Gouging: Setting the output of the Stick Soft  
mode to 425 amps will enable the arc-gouging  
mode. The actual output current will depend on  
the size of carbon used. The recommended maxi-  
mum size carbon is 5/16".  
• The Hot Start control regulates the starting current  
at arc initiation. Hot Start can be adjusted from  
minimum (0), with no additional current added at  
arc start, to maximum (10), with double the preset  
current or 425 amps (max of machine) added for  
the first second after arc initiation.  
• The Arc Control regulates the Arc Force to adjust  
the short circuit current. The minimum setting (-10)  
will produce a "soft" arc and will produce minimal  
spatter. The maximum setting (+10) will produce a  
"crisp" arc and will minimize electrode sticking.  
6. CONTROL-REMOTE , LOCAL  
• Two status lights indicate the location of output  
control as pre-determined by the power sources  
auto-configure system.  
• The LOCAL display will be lit when control is at the  
power source.  
• The REMOTE display will be lit when a remote  
pot/control is detected.  
These Output Control configurations can be overrid-  
den (switched) with the CONTROL push button.  
When changed, the unit will power up in the configu-  
ration it was in when it was last powered down.  
CC-STICK CRISP: The Stick Crisp mode features  
continuous control from 5 to 425 amps. This mode  
was intended primarily for pipe welding applications.  
• The Hot Start control regulates the starting current  
at arc initiation. Hot Start can adjust starting cur-  
rent up or down by 25% of the preset value. The  
recommended setting for Hot Start is 5 where the  
initial current is equal to the preset current.  
Hidden Middle Control Panel – Process  
Set Up Panel  
The middle control panel is removable to allow for  
upgrades (see Field Installed Options/Accessories).  
Additionally, this panel is hidden by an access door  
to reduce appeared complexity and provide protection  
to the controls.  
Figure B.1 CASEFRONT  
1
5
6
2
AMPS  
VOLTS  
3
CONTROL  
WELD TERRMINALS  
REMOTE  
LOCAL  
REMOTE  
ON  
OUTPUT  
SELECT  
SELECT  
4
m
WELD MODE  
HOT START  
ARC CONTROL  
5
CC-STICK SOFT  
0
7
6
4
-2  
+2  
CC-STICK CRISP  
TIG GTAW  
-4  
+4  
+6  
+8  
3
7
2
8
-6  
-8  
CV-WIRE  
1
9
SELECT  
CV-FLUX CORED  
0
-10  
+10  
10  
SOFT  
CRISP  
11  
12  
8
ON  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
9
OFF  
10  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B-4  
B-4  
• The Hot Start control is not used in the CV-FLUX  
OPERATION  
• The Arc Control regulates the relative Slope of the  
process. Slope dynamically controls the force the  
arc has to penetrate an open root. At the minimum  
setting, Arc Control is very soft and is similar to the  
Stick Soft mode. At the maximum setting, the slope  
is reduced, the OCV is reduced, and the operator  
has full control off the arc force required to pene-  
trate an open root joint. For vertical down, open  
root pipe welding applications, the recommended  
setting is between 8 and 10.  
CORED mode.  
• The Arc Control regulates pinch effect. At the mini-  
mum setting (-10), minimizes pinch and results in a  
soft arc. At the maximum setting (+10), maximizes  
pinch effect and results in a crisp arc. Most self-  
shielded wires work well at an Arc Control setting of 5.  
8. HOT START and ARC CONTROL features have  
different functions depending on the welding Mode  
that is active. Each feature is described under the  
welding mode heading. (See Item 7 for specified  
Mode Operation)  
• During welding, a boost circuit increases the avail-  
able voltage to minimize pop outs. The boost cir-  
cuit is independent of the OCV and only operates  
when an arc is lit.  
LOWER CASE FRONT  
The output studs, line switch and remote connector  
are located on the lower case front.  
TIG GTAW: The TIG mode features continuous con-  
trol from 5 to 425 amps. The TIG mode can be run in  
either the TIG touch start or high frequency assisted  
start mode.  
9. Both STUDS contain "Twist-Mate" connector  
inserts.  
• The Negative stud is configured to accept the  
pass through gas system.  
10. The ON-OFF switch is a 3-phase circuit breaker  
rated at 100 amps per leg.  
• The Hot Start control selects the starting mode  
desired. A setting of less than 5, the TIG lift start  
mode is selected. The OCV is controlled below 10v  
and the short circuit "TIG touch" current is main-  
tained at 25 amps independent of the preset cur-  
rent.  
11. The METER POLARITY switch is located above  
the output connectors. The switch provides a  
work connection for wire feeder voltmeters.  
Place the switch in the position of the electrode  
polarity indicated by the decal. The switch does  
not change the welding polarity.  
When the tungsten is lifted, an arc is initiated and  
the output is regulated at the preset value. Hot  
start settings between 0 and 5 regulate the arc ini-  
tiation current. A setting of 5 results in the most  
positive arc initiation. A setting of 0 reduces hot  
start.  
12. 6-PIN AMPENOL for remote control.  
• Hot Start settings between 5 and 10, select high  
frequency assisted starting TIG mode. In this  
range, the OCV of the machine is controlled  
between 50 and 70 volts. If using the Lincoln  
K930-1 TIG Module, set the Hot start to 10 for  
maximum OCV.  
REMOTE CONTROL of the OUTPUT CONTROL  
and WELD TERMINALS  
The Invertec V350-Pro has auto sensing of remote  
output controls.If after connecting or removing a  
remote, the Invertec V350-Pro did not configured the  
way you would like the local or remote control set-  
tings can be changed by pushing the OUTPUT CON-  
TROL or WELD TERMINAL button. (A user cannot  
select between the 6 and 14 pin amphenols.)  
• The Arc Control is not used in the TIG mode.  
CV-WIRE: The CV-WIRE mode features continuous  
control from 10 to 40 volts. The mode was intended  
for most GMAW, FCAW, and MCAW applications.  
CV modes  
• The remote will default to the 14-pin amphenol  
remote if a remote is connected to either of the 14-  
pin amphenols and the 6-pin amphenol. Note:  
Only one of the 14-pin amphenols can have a  
remote control connected at a time. If no remote is  
connected to either of the 14-pin amphenols then  
the remote will default to the 6-pin amphenol if a  
remote is connected to it.  
• If a remote control is connected to any of the  
amphenols the WELD TERMINAL control will  
default to REMOTE. If there are not any remote  
control devices attached the WELD TERMINAL  
control will default to ON.  
• The Hot Start control is not used in the CV-WIRE  
mode.  
• The Arc Control regulates pinch effect. At the mini-  
mum setting (-10), minimizes pinch and results in a  
soft arc. Low pinch settings are preferable for  
welding with gas mixes containing mostly inert  
gases. At the maximum setting (+10), maximizes  
pinch effect and results in a crisp arc. High pinch  
settings are preferable for welding FCAW and  
GMAW with CO2.  
CV-FLUX CORED: The CV-FLUX CORED mode  
features continuous control from 10 to 45 volts. This  
mode was designed for self-shielded flux cored wires  
that require tight voltage control.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B-5  
B-5  
OPERATION  
TIG mode  
Types of Remote WELD TERMINAL Control  
• The remote will default to the 6-pin amphenol if a  
remote control is connected to the 6-pin amphenol  
and one of the 14-pin amphenols. If a remote is  
not connected to the 6-pin amphenol then the  
remote will default to the 14-pin amphenols if a  
remote is connected to one of the 14-pin amphe-  
nols.  
• If a remote control is connected to any of the  
amphenols the WELD TERMINAL control will  
default to REMOTE. If there are not any remote  
control devices attached the WELD TERMINAL  
control will default to ON.  
• The Invertec V350-Pro’s Weld Terminals can be  
controlled from each of the amphenol connectors.  
The circuit has a nominal OCV of 15VDC and  
requires a dry contact closure (less than 100 ohms)  
to activate the output of the Invertec V350-Pro.  
• 14 Pin Amphenols the Weld Terminals are controlled  
from pins C (lead 2) and pin D (lead 4). Pin C is  
positive.  
• 6 Pin Amphenol the Weld Terminals are controlled  
from pin D (lead 2) and pin E (lead 4). In the 6-pin  
amphenol pin D is positive.  
DESIGN FEATURES and ADVANTAGES  
• Multiple process DC output range: 5 - 425 amps  
• Pre-settable welding outputs.  
• Built-in Line Voltage Compensation holds the output  
constant over +/- 10% input fluctuations.  
• State of the art inverter technology yields high  
power efficiency, excellent welding performance,  
lightweight, and compact design.  
• Utilizes microprocessor control.  
• Electronic over current protection.  
• Input over voltage protection  
• Manual reconnect switch located on the back panel  
with a clear reconnect door to allow easy determi-  
nation of input configuration. The reconnect door is  
fastened with _-turn connectors that allow quick  
and easy access to the reconnect area. Circuit  
breaker protected auxiliary.  
CC-Stick modes  
• The remote will default to only the 6-pin amphenol if  
a remote is connected to it.  
• The WELD TERMINAL control will default to ON  
with or without a remote connected.  
Types of Remote OUTPUT CONTROL  
• The Invertec V350-Pro’s Output Control can be  
controlled by either a potentiometer connected  
between 77 & 75 with the wiper connected to 76 or  
a 0V to 10V DC supply connected between 76 &  
75. (76 needs to be positive)  
• 14-Pin Amphenol lead 75 is pin G, lead 76 is pin F  
and lead 77 is pin E.  
• 6-Pin Amphenol lead 75 is pin C, lead 76 is pin B  
and lead 77 is pin A.  
• System Self Configure. The power source ana-  
lyzes the remote controls connected to the amphe-  
nols and the desired welding mode to properly  
determine the location of trigger and output control.  
• Modular options for easy upgrades  
• Back lit Status Lights for improved error communi-  
cation  
• Circuit Breaker Input Switch  
• F.A.N. (fan as needed). Cooling fan runs only when  
necessary  
• Thermostatically protected.  
• Designed to the IEC 974-1 Standard.  
• IP23S protection rating with potted PC boards for  
enhanced ruggedness/reliability.  
Potentiometer Control  
• The total resistance should be between 2000 ohms  
(2K) and 10,000 ohms (10K)  
• The machine output will be at minimum when lead  
76 (wiper) is at the end of the potentiometer that is  
connected to 75. The machine’s output will  
increase as the wiper of the potentiometer is moved  
to the end that is connected to 77. (Note: In TIG  
mode, moving the lead 76 (wiper) to lead 77 would  
produce the current that has been set by the  
Invertec V350-Pro’s front panel Output Control.)  
• Remotes of this type offered by Lincoln Electric are  
the K857, K812 and K870.  
• Modular construction for easy servicing.  
• Aluminum Chassis and Wraparound  
• 10 Ft. Power Cord included.  
Voltage Control  
• The supply should be an isolated supply. (Not ref-  
erenced to earth ground, any auxiliary power from  
the Invertec V350-Pro or the welding output) The  
supply should be capable of supplying at least  
20mA.  
• 0 volts supplied to 76 will set the Invertec V350-Pro  
to minimum output for the mode that has been  
selected while 10 volts supplied to 76 will set the  
Invertec V350-Pro to the maximum output for the  
mode. (Note: In TIG mode, 10 volts supplied to  
lead 76 would produce the current that has been  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B-6  
B-6  
OPERATION  
Auxiliary Power  
• 115VAC, 42VAC and 24VAC power is available  
from the two 14-pin amphenols on the rear of the  
unit. (K1728-2 Construction model of the Invertec  
V350-Pro does not have the amphenols) These  
supplies are intended to supply power for auxiliary  
equipment like wire feeders and the TIG Module.  
• 115VAC supply is rated at 2 amps and is protected  
by a 2.5 amp breaker located by the amphenol.  
• 42 VAC supply is rated at 5.5 amps and is protect-  
ed by a 6 amp breaker located by the amphenol.  
• 24 VAC supply is rated at 5.5 amps and is protect-  
ed by a 6 amp breaker located by the amphenol.  
Limitations  
• The V350-Pro is not recommended for processes  
other than those listed.  
• The V350-Pro can only be used with the recom-  
mended equipment and options.  
Recommended Processes  
Properly equipped, the Invertec V350-Pro supports  
GMAW, FCAW, SMAW, GTAW and CAC-A  
processes for a variety of materials, including mild  
steel, stainless steel, cored wires, and aluminum.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C-1  
C-1  
TABLE OF CONTENTS  
- ACCESSORIES SECTION -  
Accessories...........................................................................................................................Section C  
Connection of Lincoln Electric Wire Feeders..............................................................C-2 Thru C-9  
V350-PRO/LN-25 with Optional 6 Pin K441-1 Remote.......................................................C-2  
V350-PRO/LN-25 with Optional 6 Pin K857 Remote ..........................................................C-3  
LN-25 with K431 Remote Option.........................................................................................C-4  
V350-PRO/LN-25 with K867 Adapter..................................................................................C-5  
V350-PRO/LN-7 with K480 Control Cable ..........................................................................C-6  
V350-PRO/LN-7 with K867 Adapter....................................................................................C-7  
V350-PRO/LN-742 ...............................................................................................................C-8  
V350-PRO/LN-10 with K1505 Control Cable ......................................................................C-9  
Cobramatic & Tig......................................................................................................................C-10  
Options Accessories.................................................................................................................C-10  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C-2  
C-2  
ACCESSORIES  
CONNECTION OF LINCOLN ELEC-  
TRIC WIRE FEEDERS  
4. Set the voltmeter switch to the electrode polarity  
chosen.  
5. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “REMOTE”.  
6. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position.  
7. Set “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” to the “ON”  
CAUTION  
CONNECTION OF THE LN-25 TO THE  
V350-PRO “ACROSS THE ARC” WITH  
OPTIONAL 6 PIN K441-1 REMOTE CON-  
TROL.  
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.  
position.  
2. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal  
of polarity required by the electrode. Connect the  
work lead to the other terminal. Welding cable  
must be sized for current and duty cycle of the  
application.  
If you are using an LN-25 without an internal con-  
tactor, the electrode will be “HOT” when the V350-  
PRO is energized.  
8. Set the “ARC CONTROL” to the “O” position and  
then adjust to suit.  
3. Attach the single lead from the LN-25 control box  
to the work using the spring clip on the end of the  
lead. This is only a control lead - it carries no  
welding current.  
Figure C.1 V350-PRO/LN-25 ACROSS THE ARC CONNECTION DIAGRAM  
6 pin  
Amphenol  
Optional K444-1  
Remote Control  
LN-25  
Wire Feeder  
+
-
Work Clip Lead  
To Work  
To Work  
Electrode Cable  
NOTE: Illustation shows electrode connected for negative polarity.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C-3  
C-3  
ACCESSORIES  
CONNECTION OF THE LN-25 TO THE  
V350-PRO “ACROSS THE ARC” WITH  
OPTIONAL 6 PIN K857 REMOTE CON-  
TROL.  
5. Set the voltmeter switch to the electrode polarity  
chosen.  
6. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “REMOTE”.  
7. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position.  
8. Set “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” to the “ON”  
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.  
2. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal  
of polarity required by the electrode. Connect the  
work lead to the other terminal. Welding cable  
must be sized for current and duty cycle of the  
application.  
CAUTION  
position.  
3. Connect the K857 remote control to the 6-pin  
amphenol on the V350-PRO.  
If you are using an LN-25 without an internal con-  
tactor, the electrode will be “HOT” when the V350-  
PRO is energized.  
4. Attach the single lead from the LN-25 control box  
to the work using the spring clip on the end of the  
lead. This is only a control lead - it carries no  
welding current.  
9. Set the “ARC CONTROL” to the “O” position and  
then adjust to suit.  
Figure C.2 V350-PRO/LN-25 ACROSS THE ARC CONNECTION DIAGRAM WITH K857  
REMOTE CONTROL  
K857  
Remote Control  
6 pin  
Amphenol  
LN-25  
Wire Feeder  
+
-
Work Clip Lead  
To Work  
To Work  
Electrode Cable  
NOTE: Illustration shows electrode connected for negative polarity.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C-4  
C-4  
ACCESSORIES  
6. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position.  
CONNECTION OF THE LN-25 WITH K431  
REMOTE OPTION TO THE V350-PRO.  
NOTE: AN LN-25 CAN ONLY BE USED WITH A FAC-  
TORY OR “CE” VERSION OF THE V350-PRO.  
7. Set “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” to the  
“REMOTE” position.  
8. Set the “ARC CONTROL” to the “O” position and  
then adjust to suit.  
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.  
2. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal  
of polarity required by the electrode. Connect the  
work lead to the other terminal. Welding cable  
must be sized for current and duty cycle of the  
application.  
9. Connect the K432 remote control cable to the LN-  
25.  
10. Connect the K876 adapter to the K432 and to the  
24/42VAC 14-pin amphenol located at the rear of  
the V350-PRO.  
3. Attach the single lead from the LN-25 control box  
to the work using the spring clip on the end of the  
lead. This is only a control lead - it carries no  
welding current.  
11. Adjust the wire feed speed and voltage at the LN-  
25.  
NOTE: See Figure C.4 for connection Using K867  
adapter.  
4. Set the voltmeter switch to the electrode polarity  
chosen.  
5. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “REMOTE”.  
Figure C.3 LN-25 with K431 Remote Option to the V350-PRO  
ELECTRODE CABLEꢀ  
TO LN-25  
LN-25 WITHꢀ  
K431 OPTION  
6 PIN AMPHENOL  
14 PIN (24/42VAC)  
AMPHENOL  
TO  
WORK  
-
K876 ADAPTER  
K432 REMOTEꢀ  
CONTROL CABLEꢀ  
ꢀ
+
INVERTECꢀ  
POWER SOURCEꢀ  
ꢀ
NOTE: Illustration shows electrode connected for positive polarity.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C-5  
C-5  
ACCESSORIES  
CONNECTION OF THE K867 ADAPTER  
FOR USE WITH LN-25 WITH K431  
OPTION/V350-PRO.  
1. Insulate each unused lead individually.  
2. Remove 6 pin plug from K432 cable in order to  
connect K867 adapter.  
3. Label each lead (A thru F) as they are removed  
from the 6 pin plug.  
4. Splice leads and insulate.  
Figure C.4 Connection of LN-25 to V350-PRO using K867 adapter.  
21  
82ꢀ  
81ꢀ  
42ꢀ  
41  
GND  
31  
32  
2
4
ELECTRODE CABLEꢀ  
TO LN-25  
1
LN-25 WITH  
K431 OPTION  
14 PIN  
(24/42VAC)  
AMPHENOL  
TO  
WORK  
E
F
D
A
B
C
-
SPARE  
75  
76  
77  
K432 REMOTE  
CONTROL CABLE  
+
K867 ADAPTER  
INVERTEC  
POWER SOURCE  
4
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C-6  
C-6  
ACCESSORIES  
3. Connect the input cable from the K480 control  
cable to the (115VAC) 14 pin amphenol on the  
V350-PRO and the input cable plug on the LN-7.  
CONNECTION OF THE LN-7 TO THE V350-  
PRO USING K480 CONTROL CABLE (SEE  
FIGURE C.5)  
NOTE: AN LN-7 CAN ONLY BE USED WITH A FAC-  
TORY OR “CE” VERSION OF THE V350-PRO. IF  
YOUR LN-7 COMES EQUIPPED WITH A K291 OR  
K404 INPUT CABLE, REFER TO THE CONNECTION  
OF THE LN-7 USING K867 UNIVERSAL ADAPTER.  
4. Set the “VOLTMETER” switch to “+” or “-”  
depending on the polarity chosen.  
5. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “REMOTE”.  
6. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position.  
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.  
7. Place the “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” in the  
“REMOTE” position.  
2. Connect the electrode cable from the K480 control  
cable to the “+” terminal of the welder and to the  
LN-7 wire feeder. Connect the work cable to the  
“-” terminal of the welder.  
8. Adjust wire feed speed at the LN-7 and adjust the  
welding voltage with the optional remote control if  
used.  
NOTE: Figure C.5 shows the electrode connected  
for positive polarity. To change polarity, shut the  
welder off and reverse the electrode and work  
cables at the output terminals.  
9. Set the “ARC” control at “0” initially and adjust to  
suit.  
NOTE: Welding cable must be sized for current  
and duty cycle of application.  
Figure C.5 V350-PRO/LN-7 with K480 Control Cable Connection Diagram  
TO LN-7 INPUT  
14 PIN  
AMPHENOL  
(115VAC)  
AT REAR OF  
MACHINE  
CABLE PLUG  
OPTIONAL K857  
REMOTE CONTROL  
-
+
K480 CONTROL CABLE  
6 PIN  
AMPHENOL  
ELECTRODE CABLE  
TO WIRE FEED UNIT  
TO WORK  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C-7  
C-7  
ACCESSORIES  
CONNECTION OF THE K867 ADAPTER  
FOR USE WITH THE K291 OR K404 INPUT  
CABLES AND LN-7.  
1. Insulate each unused lead individually.  
2. Splice leads and insulate.  
Figure C.6 Connection of LN-7 to V350-PRO using K867 adapter.  
SPARE  
82  
81ꢀ  
42ꢀ  
41  
LN-7ꢀ  
CONTROLꢀ  
BOX  
ELECTRODE CABLE  
TO LN-7  
1
14 PIN(115VAC)  
AMPHENOL  
TO  
WORK  
31  
32  
2ꢀ  
31ꢀ  
32  
2ꢀ  
-
4
4
21  
GND  
21  
GND  
K291 OR K404  
+
K867 UNIVERSAL  
ADAPTER PLUG  
INPUT CABLE  
GREEN  
INVERTEC  
POWER SOURCE  
75  
76  
77  
75  
76ꢀ  
77  
ꢀ
ꢀ
K775 OPTIONAL  
REMOTE CONTROL  
2
ꢀ
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C-8  
C-8  
ACCESSORIES  
3. Connect the K591 control cable to the 24/42VAC  
14 pin amphenol on the back of the V350-PRO  
and the input cable plug on the LN-742.  
CONNECTION OF THE LN-742 TO THE  
V350-PRO (SEE FIGURE C.7)  
NOTE: AN LN-7 CAN ONLY BE USED WITH A FAC-  
TORY OR “CE” VERSION OF THE V350-PRO.  
4. Set the “VOLTMETER” switch to “+” or “-”  
depending on the polarity chosen.  
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.  
5. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position..  
6. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “LOCAL”.  
2. Connect the electrode cable from the LN-742 to  
the “+” terminal of the welder. Connect the work  
cable to the “-” terminal of the welder.  
7. Place the “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” in the  
“REMOTE” position.  
NOTE: Figure C.7 shows the electrode connected  
for positive polarity. To change polarity, shut the  
welder off and reverse the electrode and work  
cables at the output terminals.  
8. Adjust wire feed speed at the LN-742.  
9. Set the “ARC” control at “0” initially and adjust to  
suit.  
NOTE: Welding cable must be sized for current  
and duty cycle of application.  
Figure C.7 V350-PRO/LN-742 Connection Diagram  
TO LN-742 INPUT  
CABLE PLUG  
14 PIN  
AMPHENOL  
(24/42VAC)  
AT REAR OF  
MACHINE  
+
-
K591 CONTROL CABLE  
ELECTRODE CABLE  
TO WIRE FEED UNIT  
TO WORK  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C-9  
C-9  
ACCESSORIES  
CONNECTION OF THE LN-10 TO THE  
V350-  
PRO USING THE K1505 CONTROL CABLE.  
NOTE: AN LN-10 CAN ONLY BE USED WITH A FAC-  
TORY OR “CE” VERSION OF THE V350-PRO.  
8. Set the “ARC CONTROL” to the “0” position and  
then adjust to suit.  
9. Set wire feed speed and voltage at the LN-10.  
NOTE: The voltage set point displayed on the  
V350-PRO should be ignored when operating in  
the remote control mode with the LN-10.  
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.  
2. Connect the K1505 control cable from the LN-10  
to the Invertec 24/42VAC 14 pin amphenol con-  
necter on the rear of the V350-PRO.  
10. See the LN-10 manual for details on accessing  
the control DIP switch.  
11. The control DIP switch inside the LN-10 should be  
set as shown below for operation with the V350-  
Pro.  
3. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal  
of polarity required by the electrode. Connect the  
work lead to the other terminal.  
Power Sources  
4. Set the meter polarity switch on the front of the  
V350-PRO to coincide with wire feeder polarity  
used.  
S1  
ON  
S1  
2
1
3
8
4
5
6
7
5. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “REMOTE”.  
6. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position..  
7. Set the “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” to the  
“REMOTE” position.  
Figure C.8 LN-10 V350-PRO  
TO LN-10  
14 PIN  
AMPHENOL  
(24/42VAC)  
AT REAR OF  
MACHINE  
+
-
K1505  
TO WORK  
ELECTRODE CABLE  
TO LN-10  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C-10  
C-10  
ACCESSORIES  
Cobramatic Connection Instructions  
A Cobramatic can only be used with a Factory or  
"CE" version of the V350  
OPTIONS / ACCESSORIES  
Construction Version – K1728-2  
1. Turn the Invertec power switch "off"  
2. Connect the control cable from the Cobramatic to  
the 24/42 VAC 14-pin wire feeder amphenol on  
the rear of the Invertec.  
• All welding modes for this model run with local out-  
put control and weld terminals ON (e.g. Stick, TIG,  
LN25 off the arc).  
K930-1  
TIG Module  
K428,K446, K449  
LN-25(Off the Arc)  
3. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal  
of the polarity required by electrode. Connect the  
work lead to the other terminal.  
Factory Version – K1728-1  
• The factory model is the construction model with  
the addition of the Wire Feeder/Remote Adapter.  
4. Set the meter polarity switch on the front of the  
Invertec to coincide with wire feeder polarity used.  
• In this form, the V350-Pro provides the hardware to  
power and connect to 24, 42 or 115 VAC wire feeders.  
5. If a remote control such as K857 is to be used  
with the Cobramatic, the remote can be connected  
directly to the 6pin amphenol on the front of the  
Invertec or use a K864 adapter to connect the  
cobramatic and the remote to the 24/42VAC 14-  
pin wire feeder amphenol connector on the rear of  
the Invertec.  
K857  
K814  
K812  
K870  
K930-1  
Remote Output Control  
Arc Start Switch  
Hand Operated Amptrol  
Foot Operated Amptrol  
TIG Module  
K428, K446, K449  
K617 (-1 or -2) K618 (-1 or -2)  
K440 (-1), K567-1  
K1559-1, K1564-1  
K1499-1, K1521-1  
LN-25  
TIG Module K930-2  
LN-742  
The TIG Module connects to the V350-Pro Factory or  
CE versions with a K936-1 (9-14 pin) control cable.  
Connect the K936-1 to the 115VAC Wire Feeder  
Amphenol on the rear of the V350-Pro.  
LN-7 GMA  
LN-10  
DH-10  
"CE" Version – K1728-3  
The TIG Module can also be used with the V350  
Construction version. A K936-4 control cable is  
required to supply 115VAC to the TIG Module from an  
external 115VAC supply.  
• The "CE" version is the Factory version with the  
addition of power line filtering allowing the machine  
to comply with the European and Australian EMC  
emission requirements.  
General Instructions for Connection of Wire  
Feeders to V350-Pro  
Wire feeders other than LN-7 and LN-25 may be used  
provided that the auxiliary power supply capacity of  
the V350-Pro is not exceeded. K867 universal  
adapter plug is required. See connection diagram  
S19406 and S19386 at the back of this manual for  
more information.  
Field Installed Options/Accessories  
Two versions of the V350-Pro are available from the  
factory for both the CE and ROW versions.  
Options for K1728-1 Factory and K1728-3 "CE"  
V350’s  
• TIG Gas Control Kit – K1762-1  
Remote Control of Invertec  
Remote Control K857, Hand Amptrol K963 and Foot  
• Advance Process Panel – K1763-1  
Options for all models of V350-PRO  
• Undercarriage – K1764-1  
Amptrol K870.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section D-1  
Section D-1  
TABLE OF CONTENTS  
-MAINTENANCE-  
Maintenance .........................................................................................................................Section D  
Input Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure...............................................................................D-2  
Routine Maintenance..................................................................................................................D-2  
Periodic Maintenance.................................................................................................................D-3  
Thermal Protection .....................................................................................................................D-3  
Major Component Locations .....................................................................................................D-4  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
D-2  
D-2  
MAINTENANCE  
FIGURE D.1 — LOCATION OF INPUT FILTER  
CAPACITOR TERMINALS  
WARNING  
EIGHT  
CAPACITOR  
TERMINALS  
Have qualified personnel do the maintenance  
work. Always use the greatest care when  
working near moving parts.  
-
+
+
-
+
+
Do not put your hands near the cooling blower  
fan. If a problem cannot be corrected by  
following the instructions, take the machine to  
the nearest Lincoln Field Service Shop.  
-----------------------------------------------------------------------  
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill.  
INSULATED  
PLIERS  
-
-
INSULATED  
GLOVES  
POWER  
RESISTOR  
• Do not touch electrically live parts or  
electrode with skin or wet clothing.  
• Insulate yourself from work and  
ground  
• Always wear dry insulating gloves.  
------------------------------------------------------------------------  
5. Locate the eight capacitor terminals shown in fig-  
ure D.1.  
6. Using electrically insulated gloves and pliers, hold  
the body of the resistor with the pliers and connect  
the resistor leads across the two capacitor termi-  
nals. Hold the resistor in place for 10 seconds.  
DO NOT TOUCH CAPACITOR TERMINALS WITH  
YOUR BARE HANDS.  
EXPLODING PARTS can cause  
injury.  
•
Failed parts can explode or cause other  
parts to explode when power is applied.  
•
Always wear a face shield and long sleeves when ser-  
vicing.  
------------------------------------------------------------------------  
See additional warning information  
throughout this operators manual.  
------------------------------------------------------------  
7. Repeat the discharge procedure for the other  
three capacitors.  
8. Check the voltage across the terminals of all  
capacitors with a DC voltmeter. Polarity of the  
capacitor terminals is marked on the PC board  
above the terminals. Voltage should be zero. If  
any voltage remains, repeat this capacitor dis-  
charge procedure.  
INPUT FILTER CAPACITOR  
DISCHARGE PROCEDURE  
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE  
1. Every 6 months or so the machine should be  
cleaned with a low pressure airstream. Keeping the  
machine clean will result in cooler operation and  
higher reliability. Be sure to clean these areas:  
1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.  
2. Using the 5/16” wrench remove the screws from  
the case wraparound cover.  
• All printed circuit boards  
• Power switch  
• Main transformer  
• Input rectifier  
• Auxiliary Transformer  
• Reconnect Switch Area  
3. Be careful not to make contact with the capacitor  
terminals located at the top and bottom of the  
switch board.  
4. Obtain a high resistance and high wattage resis-  
tor (25-1000 ohms and 25 watts minimum). This  
resistor is not with the machine. NEVER USE A  
SHORTING STRAP FOR THIS PROCEDURE.  
2. Examine the sheet metal case for dents or breakage.  
Repair the case as required. Keep the case in good con-  
dition to insure that high voltage parts are protected and  
correct spacings are maintained. All external sheet metal  
screws must be in place to insure case strength and elec-  
trical ground continuity.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
D-3  
D-3  
MAINTENANCE  
OVERLOAD PROTECTION  
The machine is electrically protected from producing  
high output currents. Should the output current exceed  
430A, an electronic protection circuit will reduce the  
current to approximately 100A. The machine will con-  
tinue to produce this low current until the protection cir-  
cuit is reset. Reset occurs when the output load is  
removed.  
THERMAL PROTECTION  
Thermostats protect the machine from excessive oper-  
ating temperatures. Excessive temperatures may be  
caused by a lack of cooling air or operating the  
machine beyond the duty cycle and output rating. If  
excessive operating temperature should occur, the  
thermostat will prevent output voltage or current. The  
meter will remain energized during this time.  
Thermostats are self-resetting once the machine cools  
sufficiently. If the thermostat shutdown was caused by  
excessive output or duty cycle and the fan is operating  
normally, the Power Switch may be left on and the  
reset should occur within a 15 minute period.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
D-4  
D-4  
MAINTENANCE  
FIGURE D.2 – MAJOR COMPONENT LOCATIONS  
1. Center Panel  
2. Base Assembly  
3. Control Box Assembly  
4. Case Back  
5. Case Front  
6. Case Wraparound  
6
!
W
!
ARNING  
W
L
o
r
e
m
i
p
s
u
m
ARNING  
elit, ed  
e
ps  
um  
laor  
Loremore  
d
d
dia  
am non ol  
et  
eet  
d
dolor  
e
dolore manon  
or  
ipsum  
sum ore  
magna aliquam amet  
olor gna  
y
s
s
lit  
i
t
lao  
reet dolodr  
rem ipsu  
,
e
u
m
m
a
m
e
d
d
i
a
m
n
o
n
Lor  
e
i
am  
n
t
d
n
ibh  
aliquam  
e
conse  
ns  
el  
lit, ed  
laoreet dolore magna aliqu  
m
d
ipsum  
m
do  
l
o
lo  
on  
mag umm it  
r
s
magna aliquam earm  
h
ore  
s
i
t
a
m
euuiismod  
sm  
ecte  
e
a
etuer  
m
y
et  
c
rat  
conse er  
tincid  
ncidunt ut  
a
dipi  
iscing  
ee  
t
diam  
am non do  
ol  
on  
or  
e
n
n
ibh  
od  
r
Lo  
d
lor  
r
umm it  
na  
e
t
re  
sit  
aliqua  
e
uis  
sectetu  
ct  
er  
elit,  
lit,  
e
e
m
ipsum  
ips  
um  
a
m
etu  
unt  
u
m
m
cter  
nibh et conse  
mod  
la  
ore  
d
agn  
y
er  
tinci  
cidun  
t
d
d
c
o
ad  
dip  
du  
iscing  
nt  
ing  
ut  
t
diam  
Lorem ipsum dolor sit ame  
n
dolor  
olor  
a
a
l
i
q
u
n
i
b
h
e
u
i
at  
e
t
d
o
l
a
m
n
nsecte  
!
eui  
smod tinctu  
er  
tincidunadip  
re  
olore  
ore magon  
umm it  
ma  
gna aliq  
sit amet  
ame  
am  
e
e
m
ipsum  
lit, ed diam non  
,
ed  
Lorem ipsum dod  
eet  
iam  
rat  
er  
d
A
laore  
y
aliquambh  
n
t
t
na  
nibh euismo  
cons  
idun  
ipisc  
is  
do  
lor sit  
nsecte  
ectetuer  
cin  
ng  
!
TTENTION  
el  
t
n
on  
ua  
eu  
ismod  
a
t
ut  
t
i
t
,
e
d
olor  
dol  
tuer  
A
laoreet  
ree  
t
d
e
o
d
lore ma  
diam  
iam  
s
g
u
n
or  
do  
u
m
m
a
m
er  
m
e
m
a
g
m
d
ti  
inc  
rat  
adipiscing  
pisc  
agna  
lor na  
y nib et con  
ibh euismon  
iquam  
VISO DE  
dol  
or  
non  
r
sit  
s
e
c
idu  
unt  
PRECA  
Lor  
rem  
o
d
t
inci  
ing  
Lorem ipsum  
em  
ips  
e
ma  
numm  
mm  
t
am  
a
l
t
iqu  
nibh et am er sm  
e
h
r
e
ut  
t
ui  
el  
elit,  
it,  
gn  
y
Lore  
ore  
m
consec  
od  
a
a
laoreet ed  
re  
um  
d
a
aliquambh  
at  
tin  
dipiscing  
eli  
lit,  
m
ipsum  
ipsum  
elit,  
lit,  
diam  
n
a
l
i
q
u
a
m
e
r
euis  
ecte  
cidun pis  
dun  
ips  
ip  
do  
olor sit amet  
si  
e
lao  
aor  
et do  
d
n
c
mo  
er  
tu  
ismod tetuer adi  
cing  
l
a
o
r
e
e
e
d
d
i
ed  
s
olore mag  
re  
o
n
n
e
t ut  
t
Lorem  
re  
m
i
re  
et  
dia  
am  
dolore  
ore  
dolo  
or sit  
m
iam  
agn  
m
umm  
t
a
me  
rat  
t
d
tin  
tinci  
adipi  
cidunt piscing  
d
or  
diam um  
Loremreet ddolodre  
e
eli  
lit,  
i
elit,  
lit  
e
e
t
ddoo  
non lo  
r sit  
magna  
a
dun  
sc  
ing  
n
on  
s
i
t
a
m
m
d
y
t
e
psu  
l
a
o
r
e
e
e
d
i
a
laoree,t eddoloreipmag  
ps  
o
nlao  
a
um re  
ni  
aliqu ibh  
onsecte  
consec  
t
oree  
Lorem ip  
d
um dolor sit amuemt  
magna aliquam ermet con  
gna aliqu  
ibh et consecte  
UCION  
se  
euismod cte  
tue  
c
m
a
s
o
ut  
diam  
m
o
d
o
d
dia  
ia  
m
s
n
sit am  
um  
mm am  
y
a aliqunam  
liquam ereuism  
am er smo te  
od  
do  
lor  
y
am  
n
re  
m
m nondo  
re  
m
t
d
non  
no  
nib  
et  
dolor  
tuer  
a
a
e
lit,  
ip  
,
e
Lolaor  
olore  
s
h
d
ag  
m
r
numm it  
m
e
sum dolor magn  
re  
ame  
nib  
aliqu bh euismon  
n
o
n
m
lo  
n
nibh etu  
e
at  
tincidunt dipiscing  
cid  
un  
d
d
m
d
lore  
r
consec  
cons  
ib  
roeermme  
s
a
is  
cing  
elit  
lit  
eet  
ip  
iam  
n
olor  
y
t
co  
er  
d
r
adipiscing  
di  
pi  
u
m
m
i
t
am  
m
liqu  
nibh etucismm  
h
t
a
s
e
at  
tinc  
tin  
m
e
t
,
ed di  
d
sdol  
dolor  
sum  
non  
aliquam  
amet co am er  
uis  
nibh  
o
d
a
m
a
ui  
is  
ec  
mod tintcue  
od  
ut  
t
la  
laore  
or  
d
n
sit  
i
t
a
ec  
tet  
id  
cidunt  
u
sci  
gn  
y
tetue  
ore  
et  
dia  
m
e
u
m
m
un  
uer adipiscing t  
a
ng  
a
n
co  
e
r
am  
do  
ma  
lo gna aliq  
e
t
m
od  
ut  
t
al  
liq  
ua  
am  
ibh  
onsec  
s
t
rat  
t
do  
y
eu  
i
e
cons rat  
nse  
ect  
uam er smod etu  
r
tincidunt dipiscing  
n
uis ec  
m
r
a
Lorem  
olore  
no  
r
sit  
e
ti  
adipiscing  
a
h
c
i
d
u
n
t
u
t
nc  
d
e
l
i
t
,
e
d
m
met consec  
eui  
liq  
m
teet  
i
d
u
n
t
i
p
i
s
lit,  
ips  
sum dolor  
et  
Lorem ipsum do di  
am  
m
y
l
a
o
r
e
e
e
nib  
ibh  
c
on  
u
t
eer  
tuer adipiscin  
ad  
u
g
nt  
c
d
d
i
er  
tincidunt  
ci  
rat od tinci  
tinc  
iddunt  
d
r
in  
g
re  
d
olo  
a
liqua  
ua  
h
s
d
t
uut  
t
euismo  
utip  
ad  
ipisc  
iscing  
dolore ma  
lo  
sum dolorre  
n
g
n
a
a
l
i
q
u
r
a
uismod te  
tuer  
ip  
un isc  
elit,  
e
m
ip  
on  
umm  
sit  
a
a
m
e
e
ra  
t
du  
adipisc nt  
dipiscing ut  
u
t
,
d
e
d
d
t
r
in  
laoreet  
re  
et  
o
lo  
magn  
me  
et consect  
n
nibh  
ib  
sit ametaliquam  
h
sit  
tinci  
idunt  
g
t
u
ing  
ddia  
y
iam  
t
d
m
lor  
a
u
n
t
u
t
ing  
olo  
no  
on  
re magna  
er  
eui  
eu  
ismo  
u
t
ct  
Lo  
u
a
m
l
i
m
u
a
a
m
etu  
er adipiscing  
tincid  
cidunt ut  
unt  
o
Lor  
re  
m
e
elit,  
lit  
e
r
d
emdiam non  
sum  
agn  
ag  
na aliq nibh euis  
y
n
i
b
e
t
c
on  
s
r
od  
a
dipiscing  
m
elit,  
t,  
m
ipsum  
m
onsect  
o
d
t
i
n
a
t
t
ectetue  
et  
laoree,t doloreip  
m
su  
h
aor  
Lorem  
orem ee  
ed  
e
d
d
i
a
m
e
uism  
m
d
d
d
u
m
remeeipsu  
orem  
Lolaore  
i
d
ia  
dolore  
ps  
ua  
m
e
e
rat  
t
ue  
r
ut  
e
t
ipsu ol  
d
ia  
dol  
lor sit  
n
elit  
lit,  
laoreet  
laoree  
et  
t
d
m
olo  
od tin  
cid  
a
dip  
lit  
m
,
ed  
o
l
o
r
e
m
a
non  
g
o
n
r
sit  
sit ame  
am  
laoree,t  
o
e
d
no  
um  
d
piscing  
su  
nmon  
o
re  
r
umm  
si  
diam non  
am  
dolmo  
olo  
agna  
umm  
a
y
dunt ut ci  
ng  
ree  
ddiam  
t
e
t
m
lolir  
qsu  
m
m
t
dolo  
non  
c
iam  
dolore magnd  
a
m
olore mag  
re  
r
sina  
nibh euism  
co  
n
secte  
onod  
t
a
o
a
or  
a
i
a
t
g
m
am  
n
e
r
m
nibh et co  
it amet consectetue  
o
l
y
aliquaim  
umm  
magna  
t
a
aliquam  
iq  
ua  
n
n
m
l
e
e
uis  
mod tinctiudue  
o
s
umm it  
m
a
a
b
c
m
y
et  
n
on  
ni  
t
co  
m
nse  
e
m
liq  
h
nsectetuerna ali  
s
uismoed  
cte  
i
b
h
e
u
i
s
m
o
d
e
er  
adipiscing  
ipiscing  
a
ua  
e
r
at  
ct  
a
m
m
l
i
q
u
a
m
e
r
e
u
is  
mod  
t
tinci  
dunt  
adipiscing ut  
gn  
y
n
ib  
et  
m
sm  
a
n
t
co  
eer  
tu  
er  
m
e
tuer  
r
euismns rat od  
ec  
c
tetuer adipiscing ip  
tin  
cidunt  
adipis  
rat  
ti  
t
a
o
liq  
h
t
t
n
c
t
p
i
ua  
e
ui  
d
i
d
u
n
s
c
i
ut  
m
sm  
rat od  
d
is  
cing  
ing  
ng  
e
u
t
ut  
t
d
t
e
r
nt  
t
tinci ad  
ci  
d
u
t
ip  
u
n
t
u
t
isc  
in  
nt  
u
g
t
4
3
5
1
A
AMPS  
V
VOL  
TS  
A
OUTPUT  
LINCOLN  
W
E
L
D
ELECTR  
T
S
E
R
M
IN  
A
L
S
IC  
W
A
R
N
E
INVER  
LE  
C
I
N
G
T
TEC V350-PR  
E
O
O
R
O
N
2
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section E-1  
Section E-1  
TABLE OF CONTENTS  
-THEORY OF OPERATION SECTION-  
Theory of Operation .............................................................................................................Section E  
General Description ....................................................................................................................E-2  
Input Line Voltage, Auxiliary Transformer and Precharge...........................................................E-2  
Switch Board and Main Transformer ..........................................................................................E-3  
Power board, Control Board, and SPI Communications............................................................E-4  
Output Rectifier and Choke........................................................................................................E-5  
Thermal Protection .....................................................................................................................E-6  
Protection Circuits ......................................................................................................................E-6  
Over current Protection ........................................................................................................E-6  
Under/Over Voltage Protection ............................................................................................E-6  
Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) Operation ...................................................................E-7  
Pulse Width Modulation..............................................................................................................E-8  
Minimum/Maximum Output..................................................................................................E-8  
FIGURE E.1 – V350-PRO BLOCK LOGIC DIAGRAM  
To Control  
Main Switch Board  
Board  
Positive  
Output  
Terminal  
Input  
Rectifier  
Input switch  
& 100A Breaker  
Primary  
Current  
Sensor  
Choke  
Negative  
Output  
Terminal  
Reconnect  
Switch  
Primary  
Current  
Sensor  
Fan  
Primary Current Feedback  
Input Relay Control  
115VAC Fan Supply  
Soft Start Control  
V/F Capacitor Feedback (2)  
Auxiliary  
Transformer  
115VAC, 42VAC  
24VAC  
Machine Control Supply  
+15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC  
Power  
Board  
SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC  
RS232 Supply +5VDC  
Control Board  
28VAC  
40VDC  
14 Pin  
Amphenol  
SPI Communications & +15VDC, +5VDC Supply  
Solenoid Supply  
40VDC  
Remote  
Board  
Status  
Panel  
Display  
Panel  
Mode  
Panel  
6 Pin  
Remote Control & Trigger  
Amphenol  
Optional Solenoid  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
E-2  
E-2  
THEORY OF OPERATION  
FIGURE E.2 – INPUT VOLTAGE AND PRECHARGE  
Main Switch Board  
To Control  
Board  
Positive  
Output  
Terminal  
Input  
Rectifier  
Input switch  
& 100A Breaker  
Primary  
Current  
Sensor  
Choke  
Negative  
Output  
Terminal  
Reconnect  
Switch  
Primary  
Current  
Sensor  
Fan  
Primary Current Feedback  
115VAC Fan Supply  
Input Relay Control  
Soft Start Control  
V/F Capacitor Feedback (2)  
Auxiliary  
Transformer  
115VAC, 42VAC  
24VAC  
Machine Control Supply  
+15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC  
Power  
Board  
SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC  
RS232 Supply +5VDC  
Control Board  
28VAC  
40VDC  
14 Pin  
Amphenol  
SPI Communications & +15VDC, +5VDC Supply  
Solenoid Supply  
40VDC  
Remote  
Board  
Status  
Panel  
Display  
Panel  
Mode  
Panel  
6 Pin  
Remote Control & Trigger  
Amphenol  
Optional Solenoid  
and the resultant 40VDC is applied to the power board.  
GENERAL DESCRIPTION  
The input voltage is rectified by the input rectifier and  
the resultant DC voltage is applied to the switch board  
through the reconnect switch assembly located at the  
rear of the machine. The reconnect switch connect the  
two pairs of input capacitors either in a parallel (lower  
voltage) or series (higher voltage) configuration to  
accommodate the applied input voltage.  
The Invertec V350-Pro is an inverter based welding  
power source that offers multi mode constant voltage  
(CV) and constant current (CC) welding and is rated at  
350 amps 34VDC at a 60% duty cycle. The Invertec  
V350-Pro is available in either a construction version  
(no wire feeder connection or auxiliary power ) and a  
factory version that includes a wire feeder connection  
and related power.  
During the precharge time the DC input voltage is  
applied to the input capacitors through a current limit-  
ing circuit. The input capacitors are charged slowly  
and current limited. A voltage to frequency converter  
circuit located on the switch board monitors the  
capacitor voltages. This signal is coupled to the con-  
trol board. When the input capacitors have charged  
to an acceptable level, the control board energizes the  
input relays, that are located on the switch board,  
making all of the input power, without current limiting,  
available to the input capacitors. If the capacitors  
become under or over voltage the control board will  
de-energize the input relays and the V350 output will  
be disabled. Other possible faults may also cause the  
input relays to drop out.  
INPUT LINE VOLTAGE, AUXILIARY  
TRANSFORMER, & PRECHARGE  
The Invertec V350-Pro can be connected for a variety  
of three-phase or single-phase input voltages. The ini-  
tial power is applied to the V350 through a combina-  
tion line switch/circuit breaker located on the front of  
the machine. Two phases of the input voltage are  
applied to the auxiliary transformer. The auxiliary trans-  
former develops four different secondary voltages.  
The 115VAC is used to power the fan motor and also  
is applied to the 14 pin amphenol type connector for  
wirefeeder operation. The 24VAC and 42VAC volt-  
ages are also applied to the 14 pin amphenol type con-  
nector to power wirefeeders. The 28VAC is rectified  
NOTE: Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
E-3  
E-3  
THEORY OF OPERATION  
FIGURE E.3 – SWITCH BOARD & MAIN TRANSFORMER  
To Control  
Main Switch Board  
Board  
Positive  
Output  
Terminal  
Input  
Rectifier  
Input switch  
& 100A Breaker  
Primary  
Current  
Sensor  
Choke  
Negative  
Output  
Terminal  
Reconnect  
Switch  
Primary  
Current  
Sensor  
Fan  
Primary Current Feedback  
Input Relay Control  
115VAC Fan Supply  
Soft Start Control  
V/F Capacitor Feedback (2)  
Auxiliary  
Transformer  
115VAC, 42VAC  
24VAC  
Machine Control Supply  
+15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC  
SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC  
RS232 Supply +5VDC  
Power  
Board  
Control Board  
28VAC  
40VDC  
14 Pin  
Amphenol  
SPI Communications & +15VDC, +5VDC Supply  
Solenoid Supply  
40VDC  
Remote  
Board  
Status  
Panel  
Display  
Panel  
Mode  
Panel  
6 Pin  
Remote Control & Trigger  
Amphenol  
Optional Solenoid  
flow through the main transformer primaries and the  
offset timing of the IGBT switching circuits induce an  
AC square wave output signal at the secondary of the  
main transformer. The two current transformers (CT)  
located on the switch board monitor these primary  
currents. If the primary currents become abnormally  
high the control board will shut off the IGBTs, thus dis-  
abling the machine output. The DC current flow  
through each primary winding is clamped back to  
each respective input capacitor when the IGBTs are  
turned off. This is needed due to the inductance of the  
transformer primary winding. The firing of the two  
switch boards occurs during halves of a 50 microsec-  
ond interval, creating a constant 20 KHZ output. In  
some low open circuit Tig modes the firing frequency  
is reduced to 5KHZ.  
SWITCH BOARD &  
MAIN TRANSFORMER  
There is one switch board in the Invertec V350-Pro.  
This board incorporates two pairs of input capacitors,  
two insulated gate bipolar transistor (IGBT) switching  
circuits, a fan motor drive circuit, and a voltage/fre-  
quency capacitor feedback circuit. The two capaci-  
tors in a pair are always in series with each other.  
When the reconnect switch is in the lower voltage  
position the capacitor pairs are in parallel . Thus two  
series capacitors in parallel with two series capacitors.  
When the reconnect switch is in the high voltage posi-  
tion the two capacitor pairs are in series. Thus four  
capacitors in series. This is required to accommodate  
the higher input voltages.  
The Invertec V350-Pro has a F.A.N. fan as needed cir-  
cuit. The fan operates when the welding output ter-  
minals are energized or when a thermal over tempera-  
ture condition exists. Once the fan is activated it will  
remain on for a minimum of five minutes. The fan dri-  
ver circuit is housed on the switch board but it is acti-  
vated from a control board signal.  
When the input capacitors are fully charged they act  
as power supplies for the IGBT switching circuits.  
When welding output is required the Insulated Gate  
Bipolar Transistors switch the DC power from the input  
capacitors, "on and off" thus supplying a pulsed DC  
current to the main transformer primary windings. See  
IGBT Operation Discussion and Diagrams in this  
section. Each IGBT switching circuit feeds current to  
a separate, oppositely wound primary winding in the  
main transformer. The reverse directions of current  
NOTE: Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
E-4  
E-4  
THEORY OF OPERATION  
FIGURE E.4 – POWER BOARD, CONTROL BOARD  
AND SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE (SPI) COMMUNICATIONS  
To Control  
Board  
Main Switch Board  
Positive  
Output  
Terminal  
Input  
Rectifier  
Input switch  
& 100A Breaker  
Primary  
Current  
Sensor  
Choke  
Negative  
Output  
Terminal  
Reconnect  
Switch  
Primary  
Current  
Sensor  
Fan  
Primary Current Feedback  
Input Relay Control  
115VAC Fan Supply  
Soft Start Control  
V/F Capacitor Feedback (2)  
Auxiliary  
Transformer  
115VAC, 42VAC  
24VAC  
Machine Control Supply  
+15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC  
SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC  
RS232 Supply +5VDC  
Power  
Board  
Control Board  
28VAC  
40VDC  
14 Pin  
Amphenol  
SPI Communications & +15VDC, +5VDC Supply  
Solenoid Supply  
40VDC  
Remote  
Board  
Status  
Panel  
Display  
Panel  
Mode  
Panel  
6 Pin  
Remote Control & Trigger  
Amphenol  
Optional Solenoid  
functions to establish and maintain output control of  
the V350 machine. The control board sends and  
receives command signals from the mode panel, the  
status panel, the display panel and /or the optional  
remote panel. These communications are processed  
through a digital network called a Serial Peripheral  
Interface (SPI). This network digitally communicates to  
and from the control board the user’s commands and  
various machine status messages. The software that  
is contained within the control board processes and  
compares these commands with the voltage and cur-  
rent feedback information it receives from the output  
current sensor and the output voltage sensing leads.  
The appropriate pulse width modulation (PWM) signals  
(See Pulse Width Modulation in this section) are sent  
to the switch board IGBTs. In this manner, the digital-  
ly controlled high-speed welding waveform is created  
and regulated.  
POWER BOARD, CONTROL BOARD  
AND SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTER-  
FACE (SPI) COMMUNICATIONS  
POWER BOARD  
The 28VAC auxiliary is rectified and filtered and applied  
to the power board. The power board, utilizing a  
switching power supply, processes the 40VDC input  
and develops several regulated positive and negative  
DC supplies. Three DC supplies are fed to the control  
board for machine control supplies. Two positive DC  
voltages are coupled to the control board for the Serial  
Peripheral Communications (SPI) supplies. A +5VDC  
is used for the RS232 connection supply and a  
+40VDC is fed to the remote board to power an  
optional gas solenoid. An over or under input voltage  
detection and shutdown circuit is also part of the  
power board’s circuitry.  
The control board also monitors the thermostats, the  
main transformer primary currents and the input  
capacitor voltages.  
CONTROL BOARD  
The control board performs the primary interfacing  
NOTE: Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
E-5  
E-5  
THEORY OF OPERATION  
FIGURE E.5 – OUTPUT RECTIFIER AND CHOKE  
To Control  
Board  
Main Switch Board  
Positive  
Output  
Terminal  
Input  
Rectifier  
Input switch  
& 100A Breaker  
Primary  
Current  
Sensor  
Choke  
Negative  
Output  
Terminal  
Reconnect  
Switch  
Primary  
Current  
Sensor  
Fan  
Primary Current Feedback  
115VAC Fan Supply  
Input Relay Control  
Soft Start Control  
V/F Capacitor Feedback (2)  
Auxiliary  
Transformer  
115VAC, 42VAC  
24VAC  
Machine Control Supply  
+15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC  
Power  
Board  
SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC  
RS232 Supply +5VDC  
Control Board  
28VAC  
40VDC  
14 Pin  
Amphenol  
SPI Communications & +15VDC, +5VDC Supply  
Solenoid Supply  
40VDC  
Remote  
Board  
Status  
Panel  
Display  
Panel  
Mode  
Panel  
6 Pin  
Remote Control & Trigger  
Amphenol  
Optional Solenoid  
OUTPUT RECTIFIER AND CHOKE  
The output rectifier receives the AC output from the  
main transformer secondary and rectifies it to a DC  
voltage level. Since the output choke is in series with  
the negative leg of the output rectifier and also in  
series with the welding load, a filtered DC output is  
applied to the machine’s output terminals.  
NOTE: Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
E-6  
E-6  
THEORY OF OPERATION  
OVER CURRENT  
PROTECTION  
THERMAL PROTECTION  
Two normally closed (NC) thermostats protect the  
machine from excessive operating temperatures.  
These thermostats are wired in series and are con-  
nected to the control board. One of the thermostats is  
located on the heat sink of the switch board and the  
other is located on the output choke. Excessive tem-  
peratures may be caused by a lack of cooling air or  
operating the machine beyond its duty cycle or output  
rating. If excessive operating temperatures should  
occur, the thermostats will prevent output from the  
machine. The yellow thermal light, located on the front  
of the machine, will be illuminated. The thermostats  
are self-resetting once the machine cools sufficiently.  
If the thermostat shutdown was caused by excessive  
output or duty cycle and the fan is operating normally,  
the power switch may be left on and the reset should  
occur within a 15-minute period. If the fan is not turn-  
ing or the air intake louvers are obstructed, then the  
power must be removed from the machine, and the  
fan problem or air obstruction corrected.  
If the average current exceeds 450 amps for one sec-  
ond, then the output will be limited to 100 amps until  
the load is removed. If the peak current exceeds 600  
amps for 150 ms, the output will be limited to 100  
amps until the load is removed.  
UNDER/OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION  
Protective circuits are included on the switch and con-  
trol boards to monitor the voltage across the input  
capacitors. In the event that a capacitor pair voltage  
is too high, or too low, the machine output will be dis-  
abled. The protection circuits will prevent output if any  
of the following conditions exist.  
1. Voltage across a capacitor pair exceeds 467  
volts. (High line surges or improper input voltage  
connections.)  
PROTECTIVE CIRCUITS  
2. Voltage across a capacitor pair is under 190 volts.  
(Due to improper input voltage connections.)  
Protective circuits are designed into the V350-PRO to  
sense trouble and shut down the machine before  
damage occurs to the machine's internal components.  
3. Internal component damage.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
E-7  
E-7  
THEORY OF OPERATION  
capable of conducting current. A voltage supply con-  
nected to the drain terminal will allow the IGBT to con-  
duct and supply current to the circuit components  
coupled to the source. Current will flow through the  
conducting IGBT to downstream components as long  
as the positive gate signal is present. This is similar to  
turning ON a light switch.  
INSULATED GATE BIPOLAR  
TRANSISTOR (IGBT)  
OPERATION  
An IGBT is a type of transistor. IGBT are semiconduc-  
tors well suited for high frequency switching and high  
current applications.  
Example A in Figure E.8 shows an IGBT in passive  
mode. There is no gate signal, zero volts relative to the  
source, and therefore, no current flow. The drain ter-  
minal of the IGBT may be connected to a voltage sup-  
ply; but since there is no conduction, the circuit will not  
supply current to components connected to the  
source. The circuit is turned OFF like a light switch.  
Example B shows the IGBT in an active mode. When  
the gate signal , a positive DC voltage relative to the  
source, is applied to the gate terminal of the IGBT, it is  
FIGURE E.6 – IGBT  
POSITIVE  
VOLTAGE  
APPLIED  
GATE  
GATE  
SOURCE  
SOURCE  
n +  
n +  
n +  
n +  
p
BODY REGION  
p
BODY REGION  
DRAIN DRIFT REGION  
DRAIN DRIFT REGION  
n -  
n -  
n +  
p +  
BUFFER LAYER  
n +  
p +  
BUFFER LAYER  
INJECTING LAYER  
INJECTING LAYER  
DRAIN  
DRAIN  
B. ACTIVE  
A. PASSIVE  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
E-8  
E-8  
THEORY OF OPERATION  
FIGURE E.9 — TYPICAL IGBT OUTPUTS.  
sec  
48  
sec  
sec  
sec  
50  
MINIMUM OUTPUT  
sec  
24  
sec  
sec  
24  
2
sec  
50  
MAXIMUM OUTPUT  
MAXIMUM OUTPUT  
PULSE WIDTH  
MODULATION  
By holding the gate signal on for 24 microseconds  
each, and allowing only two microseconds of dwell  
time (off time) during the 50-microsecond cycle, the  
output is maximized. The darkened area under the top  
curve can be compared to the area under the bottom  
curve. The more dark area that is under the curve indi-  
cates that more power is present.  
The term Pulse Width Modulation is used to describe  
how much time is devoted to conduction in the posi-  
tive and negative portions of the cycle. Changing the  
pulse width is known as modulation. Pulse Width  
Modulation (PWM) is the varying of the pulse width  
over the allowed range of a cycle to affect the output  
of the machine.  
1
An IGBT group consists of two IGBT  
modules feeding one transformer primary  
winding.  
MINIMUM OUTPUT  
By controlling the duration of the gate signal, the IGBT  
is turned on and off for different durations during the  
cycle. The top drawing in Figure E.9 shows the mini-  
mum output signal possible over a 50-microsecond  
time period.  
The positive portion of the signal represents one IGBT  
1
group conducting for one microsecond. The negative  
1
portion is the other IGBT group . The dwell time (off  
time) is 48 microseconds (both IGBT groups off). Since  
only two microseconds of the 50-microsecond time  
period is devoted to conducting, the output power is  
minimized.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section F-1  
Section F-1  
TABLE OF CONTENTS  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR SECTION  
Troubleshooting & Repair Section .................................................................................Section F  
How to Use Troubleshooting Guide ....................................................................................F-2  
PC Board Troubleshooting Procedures and Replacement .................................................F-3  
Troubleshooting Guide ........................................................................................................F-4  
Test Procedures  
Input Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure .................................................................F-15  
Main Switch Board Test ................................................................................................F-17  
Input Rectifier Test ........................................................................................................F-21  
Power Board Test..........................................................................................................F-25  
Output Diode Modules Test ..........................................................................................F-29  
Auxiliary Transformer Test .............................................................................................F-33  
Current Transducer Test ................................................................................................F-37  
Fan Control and Motor Test ..........................................................................................F-41  
SPI Cable Resistance and Voltage Test........................................................................F-45  
Voltage and Current Calibration Procedure ..................................................................F-47  
Replacement Procedures  
Control Board Removal and Replacement ...................................................................F-51  
Display Board Removal and Replacement ...................................................................F-57  
Main Switch Board Removal and Replacement ...........................................................F-61  
Mode Board Removal and Replacement......................................................................F-65  
Status Board Removal and Replacement.....................................................................F-71  
Snubber Board Removal and Replacement .................................................................F-75  
Power Board Removal and Replacement.....................................................................F-77  
Input Rectifier Removal and Replacement ...................................................................F-81  
Output Rectifier Modules Removal and Replacement .................................................F-85  
Current Transducer Removal and Replacement...........................................................F-89  
Retest after Repair ........................................................................................................F-94  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-2  
F-2  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
HOW TO USE TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE  
CAUTION  
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric Factory Trained Personnel.  
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician and machine  
operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid Electrical Shock, please  
observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual.  
This Troubleshooting Guide is provided to help  
you locate and repair possible machine  
malfunctions. Simply follow the three-step  
procedure listed below.  
Step 3. PERFORM COMPONENT TESTS. The  
last column, labeled “Recommended Course of  
Action” lists the most likely components that may  
have failed in your machine. It also specifies the  
appropriate test procedure to verify that the  
subject component is either good or bad. If there  
are a number of possible components, check the  
components in the order listed to eliminate one  
possibility at a time until you locate the cause of  
your problem.  
Step 1. LOCATE PROBLEM (SYMPTOM). Look  
under the column labeled “PROBLEM  
(SYMPTOMS)”. This column describes possible  
symptoms that the machine may exhibit. Find  
the listing that best describes the symptom that  
the machine is exhibiting. Symptoms are  
grouped into three main categories: Output  
Problems, Function Problems, and LED Function  
Problems.  
All of the referenced test procedures referred to in  
the Troubleshooting Guide are described in detail  
at the end of this chapter. Refer to the  
Troubleshooting and Repair Table of Contents to  
locate each specific Test Procedure. All of the  
referred to test points, components, terminal  
strips, etc., can be found on the referenced  
electrical wiring diagrams and schematics. Refer  
to the Electrical Diagrams Section Table of  
Contents to locate the appropriate diagram.  
Step 2. PERFORM EXTERNAL TESTS. The  
second column, labeled “POSSIBLE AREAS OF  
MISADJUSTMENT(S)”, lists the obvious external  
possibilities that may contribute to the machine  
symptom. Perform these tests/checks in the  
order listed. In general, these tests can be  
conducted without removing the case  
wrap-around cover.  
CAUTION  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs  
safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before  
you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353.(WELD)  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-3  
F-3  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
PC BOARD TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES  
• Remove the PC Board from the static-shielding bag  
and place it directly into the equipment. Don’t set  
the PC Board on or near paper, plastic or cloth which  
could have a static charge. If the PC Board can’t be  
installed immediately, put it back in the static-  
shielding bag.  
WARNING  
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill.  
Have an electrician install and service  
this equipment. Turn the machine OFF  
before working on equipment. Do not  
touch electrically hot parts.  
• If the PC Board uses protective shorting jumpers,  
don’t remove them until installation is complete.  
• If you return a PC Board to The Lincoln Electric  
Company for credit, it must be in the static-shielding  
bag. This will prevent further damage and allow  
proper failure analysis.  
Sometimes machine failures appear to be due to PC  
board failures. These problems can sometimes be  
traced to poor electrical connections. To avoid prob-  
lems when troubleshooting and replacing PC boards,  
please use the following procedure:  
4. Test the machine to determine if the failure symp-  
tom has been corrected by the replacement PC  
board.  
1. Determine to the best of your technical ability that  
the PC board is the most likely component caus-  
ing the failure symptom.  
NOTE: Allow the machine to heat up so that all  
electrical components can reach their  
operating temperature.  
2. Check for loose connections at the PC board to  
assure that the PC board is properly connected.  
5. Remove the replacement PC board and substitute  
it with the original PC board to recreate the original  
problem.  
3. If the problem persists, replace the suspect PC  
board using standard practices to avoid static  
electrical damage and electrical shock. Read the  
warning inside the static resistant bag and perform  
the following procedures:  
a. If the original problem does not reappear  
by substituting the original board, then the  
PC board was not the problem. Continue  
to look for bad connections in the control  
wiring harness, junction blocks, and termi-  
nal strips.  
PC Board can be damaged by  
static electricity.  
b. If the original problem is recreated by the  
substitution of the original board, then the  
PC board was the problem. Reinstall the  
replacement PC board and test the  
machine.  
• Remove your body’s static  
charge before opening the static-  
shielding bag. Wear an anti-sta-  
tic wrist strap. For safety, use a  
1 Meg ohm resistive cord con-  
ATTENTION  
Static-Sensitive  
Devices  
Handle only at  
nected to a grounded part of the  
equipment frame.  
6. Always indicate that this procedure was followed  
when warranty reports are to be submitted.  
Static-Safe  
• If you don’t have a wrist strap,  
Workstations  
NOTE: Following this procedure and writing on the  
warranty report, “INSTALLED AND SWITCHED  
PC BOARDS TO VERIFY PROBLEM,” will help  
avoid denial of legitimate PC board warranty  
claims.  
touch an unpainted, grounded,  
part of the equipment frame.  
Keep touching the frame to  
prevent static build-up. Be sure  
Reusable  
Container  
not to touch any electrically live  
parts at the same time.  
Do Not Destroy  
• Tools which come in contact with the PC Board must  
be either conductive, anti-static or static-dissipative.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-4  
F-4  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
Observe Safety Guidelines  
detailed in the beginning of this manual.  
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE  
PROBLEMS  
(SYMPTOMS)  
POSSIBLE AREAS OF  
MISADJUSTMENT(S)  
RECOMMENDED  
COURSE OF ACTION  
OUTPUT PROBLEMS  
Major physical or electrical dam- 1. Contact your local authorized  
1. Contact the Lincoln Electric  
Service Department,  
age is evident when the sheet  
metal cover is removed.  
Lincoln Electric Field Service  
Facility for technical assis  
tance.  
1-800-833-9353(WELD).  
The machine is dead—no out-  
put—no displays.  
1. Make sure the input line/  
breaker switch is in the ON  
position.  
1. Perform the Auxiliary  
Transformer Test.  
2. Perform the Power Board Test.  
2. Check the main input line fuses.  
If open , replace.  
3. The control rectifier and or  
associated filter capacitor (C5)  
may be faulty. Check and  
replace as necessary.  
3. Check the 2 amp circuit breaker  
(CB2). Reset if tripped.  
4. Make sure the reconnect switch 4. Perform The SPI Cable  
and jumper lead is configured  
correctly for the applied input  
voltage.  
Resistance and Voltage Test.  
5. The Control Board may be  
faulty.  
5. If the machine is being operat-  
ed with single phase input volt-  
age make sure the red lead is  
not connected. See the  
Installation Section.  
The main input fuses (or breaker)  
repeatedly fail.  
1. Make certain the fuses or  
breakers are sized properly.  
1. Check the reconnect switches  
and associated wiring. See the  
wiring diagram.  
2. Make sure the reconnect switch  
and jumper lead is configured  
correctly for the applied input  
voltage.  
2. Perform the Input Rectifier  
Test.  
3. Perform the Main Switch  
Board Test.  
3. The welding procedure may be  
drawing too much input  
4. Perform the Output Diode  
Module Test.  
current or the duty cycle may  
be too high. Reduce the  
welding current and /or reduce  
the duty cycle.  
5. The Input Filter Capacitors  
may be faulty. Check, and if  
any are faulty replace all four.  
CAUTION  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, con-  
tact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call  
1-800-833-9353(WELD).  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-5  
F-5  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE  
Observe Safety Guidelines  
detailed in the beginning of this manual.  
PROBLEMS  
(SYMPTOMS)  
POSSIBLE AREAS OF  
MISADJUSTMENT(S)  
RECOMMENDED  
COURSE OF ACTION  
OUTPUT PROBLEMS  
The V350-Pro does not have weld- 1. Make sure the reconnect switch 1. Check the reconnect switch and  
ing output. The displays are lit.  
is configured correctly for the  
input voltage applied.  
associated leads for loose or  
faulty connections. See the  
wiring diagram.  
2. Make sure the Weld Terminals  
Select is ON. If the problem is  
solved the remote control  
device or associated circuitry  
may be faulty. See the wiring  
diagram.  
2. Perform the Main Switch  
Board Test.  
3. Perform the Power Board  
Test.  
4. Perform the Output Diode  
3. Put the Control Select in the  
Local position. If the problem is  
solved the remote control  
device or associated circuitry  
may be faulty.  
Module Test.  
5. The control board may be faulty.  
6. The input filter capacitors may  
be faulty. Check and replace if  
necessary.  
4. If an error code is displayed see  
Fault Code Explanations.  
7. The status panel board may be  
faulty.  
The V350-Pro will not produce full  
output.  
1. The input voltage may be too  
low, limiting the output  
1. Perform the Output Rectifier  
Test.  
capability of the machine.  
Make certain the input voltage  
is correct for the machine and  
the reconnect switch and  
jumper lead configuration.  
2. Perform the Main Switch  
Board Test.  
3. Perform the Power Board  
Test.  
2. The welding current may be too  
high . The machine will fold-  
back to 100 amps if the  
welding current exceeds 450  
amps.  
4. Perform the Current  
Transducer Test.  
5. If the preset function is not  
performing properly the status  
panel board or the output  
control may be faulty.  
3. Make sure the machine is in  
"Local" output control.. If the  
problem is resolved the Remote  
control board or the external  
remote control unit may be  
faulty.  
6. The control board may be faulty.  
CAUTION  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, con-  
tact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed.  
Call 1-800-833-9353(WELD).  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-6  
F-6  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
Observe Safety Guidelines  
detailed in the beginning of this manual.  
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE  
PROBLEMS  
(SYMPTOMS)  
POSSIBLE AREAS OF  
MISADJUSTMENT(S)  
RECOMMENDED  
COURSE OF ACTION  
FUNCTION PROBLEMS  
The machine regularly overheats  
and the yellow thermal light is ON  
indicating a thermal overload.  
1. The welding application may  
be exceeding the  
1. The 115VAC fan motor is  
controlled by the control board  
via the main switch board.  
Perform the Fan Motor And  
Control Test.  
recommended duty cycle of the  
V350-Pro.  
2. Dirt and dust may have  
clogged the cooling channels  
inside the machine.  
1. A thermostat or associated  
circuitry may be faulty. See the  
wiring diagram. One normally  
closed thermostat is located on  
the output choke and the other  
is located on the main switch  
board heat sink. See the wiring  
diagram.  
3. Air intake and exhaust louvers  
may be blocked due to inade-  
quate clearance around the  
machine.  
4. Make certain the fan as needed  
(F.A.N.) is operating properly.  
The fan should operate when  
welding voltage is present  
and/or when there is an over  
temperature condition.  
Note: The Main Switch Board  
Removal Procedure will  
be required to gain access  
to the heat sink thermostat.  
An attached wire feeder will not  
function correctly.  
1. Make certain the wire feeder  
control cable is connected to  
the correct 14-pin amphenol  
type plug (115VAC or  
1. Perform the Auxiliary  
Transformer Test.  
2. Check the leads between the  
14-pin amphenol type plugs  
and the auxiliary transformer  
for loose or faulty connections.  
24/42VAC) for the wire feeder  
being used. See the  
connection diagram.  
2. Check the two circuit breakers  
located at the rear of the  
machine. Reset is tripped.  
3. The wire feeder or control cable  
may be faulty.  
CAUTION  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, con-  
tact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call  
1-800-833-9353(WELD).  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-7  
F-7  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
Observe Safety Guidelines  
detailed in the beginning of this manual.  
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE  
PROBLEMS  
POSSIBLE AREAS OF  
RECOMMENDED  
(SYMPTOMS)  
MISADJUSTMENT(S)  
COURSE OF ACTION  
FUNCTION PROBLEMS  
The machine’s welding output is  
very high and uncontrollable.  
1. Put the Control Select in the  
Local position. If the problem  
is solved the remote control  
device or associated circuitry  
may be faulty.  
1. Perform the Current  
Transducer Test.  
2. If the output is normal when  
the Control Select is in the  
Local position but the output is  
very high in the Remote  
position the remote board may  
be faulty. Perform The SPI  
Cable Resistance and Voltage  
Test.  
3. The control board may be  
faulty.  
The Weld Mode Select does not  
function properly.  
1. Refer to Operation Section of  
this manual for normal  
1. Check for loose or faulty plug  
connections between the  
control board and the mode  
select panel. See the wiring  
diagram.  
operation characteristics.  
2. Perform the SPI Cable  
Resistance and Voltage Test.  
3. The Mode Select Panel board  
may be faulty.  
4. The control board may be  
faulty.  
The Status Panel (Control and  
Weld Terminals Select) does not  
function properly.  
1. Refer to Operation Section of  
this manual for normal  
1. Check for loose or faulty plug  
connections between the  
operation characteristics.  
control board and the status  
board. See the wiring diagram.  
2. The Status Board may be faulty.  
3. The control board may be faulty.  
CAUTION  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, con-  
tact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed.  
Call 1-800-833-9353(WELD).  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-8  
F-8  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
Observe Safety Guidelines  
detailed in the beginning of this manual.  
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE  
PROBLEMS  
POSSIBLE AREAS OF  
RECOMMENDED  
(SYMPTOMS)  
MISADJUSTMENT(S)  
COURSE OF ACTION  
FUNCTION PROBLEMS  
The display is not functioning  
properly.  
1. Refer to the Operation Section  
of this manual for normal  
1. Check for loose or faulty plug  
connections between the  
operation characteristics.  
Display board and the control  
board. See the wiring diagram.  
2. The display board may be faulty.  
3. The control board may be faulty.  
A fault or error code is displayed.  
1. See the Fault Code  
1. See Fault Code Explanations.  
Explanations.  
For no apparent reason the weld-  
ing characteristics have change.  
1. Check the welding cables for  
loose or faulty connection.  
1. Perform the Voltage and  
Current Calibration  
Procedure.  
2. Make sure the machine’s mode  
and output are set correctly for  
the process being used. (CV,  
CC,TIG etc.)  
2. Perform the Current  
Transducer Test.  
3. Perform the Output Diode  
3. If Mig welding make sure the  
shielding gas and wire speed  
are correct for the process  
being used.  
Module Test  
4. The control board may be faulty.  
CAUTION  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, con-  
tact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed.  
Call 1-800-833-9353(WELD).  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-9  
F-9  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
DESCRIPTION/  
DEFINITION  
CORRECTIVE  
ACTION  
SERVICE FACILITY  
FAULT CODES  
CORRECTIVE  
ACTION  
Perform the Main Switch  
Board Test.  
Main transformer  
primary over current  
Turn the machine off and  
back on to reset the  
machine. If condition  
persists, contact an  
authorized Lincoln Field  
Service Facility.  
31  
Perform the Power  
Board Test.  
There may be a problem  
with the primary current  
sensors (CT) located on  
the main switch board.  
See the Wiring diagram  
The control board may  
be faulty.  
There may be a problem  
with the V/F signals from  
the main switch board to  
the control board.  
Capacitor bank “A”  
(lower) is under  
voltage  
Make sure the reconnect  
switches are configured  
for the input voltage  
being applied to the  
machine. The machine  
is self clearing when  
condition ceases.  
32  
Perform the Main Switch  
Board Test.  
Perform the Power  
Board Test.  
The control board may  
be faulty.  
NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults  
before replacing the printed circuit board  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-10  
F-10  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
DESCRIPTION/  
DEFINITION  
CORRECTIVE  
ACTION  
SERVICE FACILITY  
FAULT CODES  
CORRECTIVE  
ACTION  
There may be a problem  
with the V/F signals from  
the main switch board to  
the control board.  
Capacitor bank  
"B"(upper) is under  
voltage.  
Make sure the reconnect  
switches are configured  
for the input voltage  
being applied to the  
machine. The machine  
is self-clearing when  
condition ceases.  
33  
Perform the Main Switch  
Board Test.  
Perform the Power  
Board Test.  
The control board may  
be faulty.  
There may be a problem  
with the V/F signals from  
the main switch board to  
the control board.  
Capacitor bank  
"A"(lower) is over  
voltage.  
Make sure the reconnect  
switches are configured  
for the input voltage  
being applied to the  
machine. The machine  
is self-clearing when  
condition ceases.  
34  
Perform the Main Switch  
Board Test.  
Perform the Power  
Board Test.  
The control board may  
be faulty.  
NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults  
before replacing the printed circuit board  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-11  
F-11  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
DESCRIPTION/  
DEFINITION  
CORRECTIVE  
ACTION  
SERVICE FACILITY  
FAULT CODES  
CORRECTIVE  
ACTION  
There may be a problem  
with the V/F signals from  
the main switch board to  
the control board.  
Capacitor bank  
"B"(lower) is over  
voltage.  
Make sure the reconnect  
switches are configured  
for the input voltage  
being applied to the  
machine. The machine  
is self-clearing when  
condition ceases.  
35  
Perform the Main Switch  
Board Test.  
Perform the Power  
Board Test.  
The control board may  
be faulty.  
There may be a problem  
with the V/F signals from  
the main switch board to  
the control board.  
The soft start  
function failed.  
Turn the machine off and  
back on to reset the  
machine.  
37  
Perform the Main Switch  
Board Test.  
Perform the Power  
Board Test.  
The control board may  
be faulty.  
NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults  
before replacing the printed circuit board  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-12  
F-12  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
DESCRIPTION/  
DEFINITION  
CORRECTIVE  
ACTION  
SERVICE FACILITY  
FAULT CODES  
CORRECTIVE  
ACTION  
Perform the Main Switch  
Board Test.  
Electrical "glitch" on the  
primary over current fault  
detector circuit.  
Possibly caused by an  
external electrical  
39  
"noise" or signal level.  
Make sure the V350-Pro  
is grounded correctly.  
The machine is self  
clearing when  
Perform the Power  
Board Test.  
There may be a problem  
with the primary current  
sensors (CT) located on  
the main switch board.  
See the wiring diagram.  
condition ceases.  
The control board may  
be faulty.  
There may be a problem  
with the V/F signals from  
the main switch board to  
the control board.  
Capacitor banks "A"  
(lower) and "B"(upper)  
are not balanced.  
Make sure the recon-  
nect switches are con-  
figured for the input  
voltage being applied to  
the machine. The  
machine is self-clearing  
when  
43  
Perform the Main Switch  
Board Test.  
condition ceases.  
The capacitor(s) may be  
faulty. Check and  
replace if necessary.  
Perform the Power  
Board Test.  
Make sure the V350-Pro  
is grounded correctly.  
The machine is self  
clearing when  
44  
The machine has  
detected a fault in the  
central processing unit  
The control board or  
associated wiring may be  
faulty. See the wiring  
diagram.  
(CPU).  
condition ceases.  
NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults  
before replacing the printed circuit board  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-13  
F-13  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
DESCRIPTION/  
DEFINITION  
CORRECTIVE  
ACTION  
SERVICE FACILITY  
FAULT CODES  
CORRECTIVE  
ACTION  
There may be a problem  
with the V/F signals from  
the main switch board to  
the control board.  
Electrical "glitch" on the  
V/F signals from the main  
switch board to the  
control board.  
Possibly caused by an  
external electrical  
47  
"noise" or signal level.  
Make sure the V350-Pro  
is grounded correctly.  
The machine is self  
clearing when condition  
ceases.  
Perform the Main Switch  
Board Test.  
Perform the Power  
Board Test.  
The control board may  
be faulty.  
Perform the Power  
Board Test.  
The selected weld mode  
does not exist in the weld  
table that is presently  
Press the Mode Select  
button to select a  
different welding mode.  
“bad node” “####”  
Perform the SPI Cable  
Resistance and Voltage  
Test.  
loaded in the machine.  
The control board may  
be faulty.  
NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults  
before replacing the printed circuit board  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-14  
F-14  
NOTES  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-15  
F-15  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
INPUT FILTER CAPACITOR DISCHARGE PROCEDURE  
WARNING  
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained  
personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to  
the technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your  
safety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions  
detailed throughout this manual.  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical  
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).  
DESCRIPTION  
This procedure will drain off any charge stored in the four large capacitors that are part  
of the switch board assembly. This procedure MUST be performed, as a safety pre-  
caution, before conducting any test or repair procedure that requires you to touch inter-  
nal components of the machine.  
MATERIALS NEEDED  
5/16” Nut Driver  
Insulated Pliers  
Insulated Gloves  
High Wattage Resistor (25-1000 ohms and 25 watts minimum)  
DC Volt Meter  
This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-16  
F-16  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
INPUT FILTER CAPACITOR DISCHARGE PROCEDURE (continued)  
4. Obtain a high resistance and high wattage resistor  
(25-1000 ohms and 25 watts minimum). This  
resistor is not with the machine. NEVER USE A  
SHORTING STRAP FOR THIS PROCEDURE.  
WARNING  
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill.  
• Have an electrician install and service  
this equipment.  
5. Locate the eight capacitor terminals shown in fig-  
ure F.1.  
• Turn the input power off at the fuse box  
before working on equipment.  
6. Using electrically insulated gloves and pliers, hold  
the body of the resistor with the pliers and con-  
nect the resistor leads across the two capacitor  
terminals. Hold the resistor in place for 10 sec-  
onds. DO NOT TOUCH CAPACITOR TERMINALS  
WITH YOUR BARE HANDS.  
• Do not touch electrically hot parts.  
• Prior to performing preventative maintenance,  
perform the following capacitor discharge procedure  
to avoid electric shock.  
7. Repeat the discharge procedure for the other  
three capacitors.  
DISCHARGE PROCEDURE  
8. Check the voltage across the terminals of all  
capacitors with a DC voltmeter. Polarity of the  
capacitor terminals is marked on the PC board  
above the terminals. Voltage should be zero. If  
any voltage remains, repeat this capacitor dis-  
1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.  
2. Using the 5/16” wrench remove the screws from  
the case wraparound cover.  
3. Be careful not to make contact with the capacitor  
terminals located at the top and bottom of the  
switch board.  
charge procedure.  
FIGURE F.1 – LOCATION OF INPUT FILTER CAPACITOR TERMINALS  
EIGHT  
CAPACITOR  
TERMINALS  
- +  
- +  
INSULATED  
PLIERS  
- +  
- +  
INSULATED  
GLOVES  
POWER  
RESISTOR  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-17  
F-17  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
MAIN SWITCH BOARD TEST  
WARNING  
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.  
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or  
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid  
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  
manual.  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical  
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).  
DESCRIPTION  
This test will help determine if the “power section” of the switch boards are functioning cor-  
rectly. This test will NOT indicate if the entire PC board is functional. This resistance test is  
preferable to a voltage test with the machine energized because this board can be damaged  
easily. In addition, it is dangerous to work on this board with the machine energized.  
MATERIALS NEEDED  
Analog Volt/Ohmmeter  
5/16 in. Wrench  
7/16 in. Wrench  
This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-18  
F-18  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
MAIN SWITCH BOARD TEST (continued)  
FIGURE F.2 MAIN SWITCH BOARD LEAD LOCATIONS  
207  
202  
J22  
- +  
- +  
209  
201  
204  
208  
205  
J21  
J20  
- +  
- +  
206  
203  
TEST PROCEDURE  
4. Using a 7/16” wrench locate, label and remove  
leads 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207 and  
208 from the switch board. Note lead and  
washer placement for reassembly. Clear  
leads.  
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.  
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the case  
wraparound.  
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge  
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.  
5. Using the Analog ohmmeter, perform the resis-  
tance tests detailed in Table F.1. Refer to fig-  
ure F.2 for test point locations. Note: Test  
using an Analog ohmmeter on the Rx1 range.  
Make sure the test probes are making electri-  
cal contact with the conductor surfaces on the  
PC board.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-19  
F-19  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
MAIN SWITCH BOARD TEST (continued)  
6. If any test fails replace the switch board. See  
8. Reconnect leads 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206,  
207, and 208 to the switch board. Ensure that the  
leads are installed in their proper locations. Pre-  
Torque all leads nuts to 25 inch lbs. before tight-  
ening them to 44 inch lbs.  
Main Switch Board Removal and Replacement.  
7. If the switch board resistance tests are OK, check  
connections on plugs J20, J21, J22 and all asso-  
ciated wiring. See wiring diagram.  
9. Replace the case wraparound cover using a 5/16”  
nut driver.  
TABLE F.1. SWITCH BOARD RESISTANCE TEST  
APPLY NEGATIVE TEST  
PROBE TO TERMINAL  
NORMAL  
RESISTANCE READING  
APPLY POSITIVE TEST  
PROBE TO TERMINAL  
+206  
+208  
+202  
+201  
+205  
+203  
+204  
+207  
-205  
-203  
-204  
-207  
-206  
-208  
-202  
-201  
Greater than 1000 ohms  
Greater than 1000 ohms  
Greater than 1000 ohms  
Greater than 1000 ohms  
Less than 100 ohms  
Less than 100 ohms  
Less than 100 ohms  
Less than 100 ohms  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-20  
F-20  
NOTES  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-21  
F-21  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
INPUT RECTIFIER TEST  
WARNING  
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.  
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or  
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid  
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  
manual.  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical  
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).  
DESCRIPTION  
This test will help determine if the input rectifier has “shorted” or “open” diodes.  
MATERIALS NEEDED  
Analog Voltmeter/Ohmmeter (Multimeter)  
5/16” Nut Driver  
Phillips Head Screwdriver  
Wiring Diagram  
This procedure takes approximately 25 minutes to perform.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-22  
F-22  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
INPUT RECTIFIER TEST (CONTINUED)  
TEST PROCEDURE  
6. Using a phillips head screwdriver,  
remove leads 207, 207A, and 209 from  
the input rectifier.  
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO  
machine.  
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the case  
wraparound cover.  
7. Use the analog ohmmeter to perform the  
tests detailed in Table F.2. See the  
Wiring Diagram.  
3. Perform the Capacitor Discharge  
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.  
8. Visually inspect the three MOV’S for  
damage (TP1,TP2,TP3). Replace if nec-  
essary.  
4. Locate the input rectifier and associated  
leads. See Figure F.3.  
5. Carefully remove the silicone sealant  
from leads 207, 207A, and 209.  
Figure F.3 Input Rectifier  
Small Lead "H1"  
To Auxiliary Transformer  
3/16" ALLEN  
BOLTS  
C
B
#207  
#207A  
A
#209  
Small Lead "A"  
To Circuit Breaker  
FRONT  
REAR  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-23  
F-23  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
INPUT RECTIFIER TEST (CONTINUED)  
Table F.2 Input Rectifier Test Points  
ANALOG METER  
X10 RANGE  
TEST POINT TERMINALS  
Acceptable Meter Readings  
+ PROBE  
- PROBE  
207  
207  
207  
Greater than 1000 ohms  
Greater than 1000 ohms  
Greater than 1000 ohms  
A
B
C
207A  
207A  
207A  
Greater than 1000 ohms  
Greater than 1000 ohms  
Greater than 1000 ohms  
A
B
C
209  
209  
209  
Less than 100 ohms  
Less than 100 ohms  
Less than 100 ohms  
A
B
C
A
B
C
Less than 100 ohms  
Less than 100 ohms  
Less than 100 ohms  
207  
207  
207  
A
B
C
Less than 100 ohms  
Less than 100 ohms  
Less than 100 ohms  
207A  
207A  
207A  
A
B
C
Greater than 1000 ohms  
Greater than 1000 ohms  
Greater than 1000 ohms  
209  
209  
209  
9. If the input rectifier does not meet the  
acceptable readings outlined in Table F.2  
the component may be faulty. Replace  
11. If the input rectifier is faulty, see the  
Input Rectifier Bridge Removal &  
Replacement procedure.  
Note: Before replacing the input rectifier,  
check the input power switch and per-  
form the Main Switch Board Test. Also  
check for leaky or faulty filter capacitors.  
12. Replace the case wraparound cover.  
10. If the input rectifier is good, be sure to  
reconnect leads 207, 207A, and 209 to  
the correct terminals and torque to 31  
inch lbs. Apply silicone sealant.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-24  
F-24  
NOTES  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-25  
F-25  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
POWER BOARD TEST  
WARNING  
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.  
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or  
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid  
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  
manual.  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical  
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).  
DESCRIPTION  
This test will help determine if the power board is receiving the correct voltages and also if  
the power board is regulating and producing the correct DC voltages.  
MATERIALS NEEDED  
Volt-Ohmmeter  
5/16” Nut Driver  
Wiring Diagram  
This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-26  
F-26  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
POWER BOARD TEST (CONTINUED)  
TEST PROCEDURE  
7. If the 40VDC is low, or not present at plug  
J41, check the rectifier bridge and C5 filter  
capacitor. See Wiring Diagram. Also per-  
form the Auxiliary Transformer Test.  
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO  
machine.  
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the case  
wraparound cover.  
8. If any of the DC voltages are low, or not  
present at plugs J42 or J43, the power  
board may be faulty.  
3. Perform the Capacitor Discharge  
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.  
4. Locate the power board and plugs J41, J42  
and J43. Do not remove plugs from the  
power board. See Figure F.4.  
9. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.  
10. Replace the case wraparound cover using  
a 5/16” nut driver.  
5. Carefully apply the correct input voltage to  
the V350-PRO.  
6. Carefully test for the correct voltages at the  
power board. See Table F.3.  
Figure F.4 Power Board Plug Location  
J42  
J41  
J43  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-27  
F-27  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
POWER BOARD TEST (CONTINUED)  
Table F.3 Power Board Voltage Checks  
NORMAL  
ACCEPTABLE  
VOLTAGE  
CHECK POINT  
TEST  
DESCRIPTION  
CONNECTOR  
PLUG PIN NO.  
LEAD NO.  
OR IDENTITY  
LOCATION  
READING  
2(+)  
1(-)  
POWER PC  
BOARD  
CONNECTOR  
PLUG J41  
CHECK 40VDC  
SUPPLY FROM  
RECT. BRIDGE  
TO POWER BD.  
65 (+)  
66 (-)  
38-42 VDC  
65  
66  
1(+)  
5(-)  
POWER PC  
BOARD  
CONNECTOR  
PLUG J42  
CHECK +15VDC  
SUPPLY FROM  
POWER PC  
BOARD  
410  
412 (+)  
410 (-)  
15 VDC  
5 VDC  
412  
3(+)  
5(-)  
POWER PC  
BOARD  
CONNECTOR  
PLUG J42  
CHECK +5VDC  
SUPPLY FROM  
POWER PC  
BOARD  
410  
408 (+)  
410 (-)  
408  
2(+)  
5(-)  
POWER PC  
BOARD  
CONNECTOR  
PLUG J42  
CHECK -15VDC  
SUPPLY FROM  
POWER PC  
BOARD  
410  
411  
-15 VDC  
5 VDC  
411 (+)  
410 (-)  
3(+)  
12(-)  
POWER PC  
BOARD  
CONNECTOR  
PLUG J43  
CHECK +5VDC  
“SPI” SUPPLY  
FROM POWER  
PC BOARD  
401  
403 (+)  
401 (-)  
403  
4(+)  
9(-)  
CHECK +5VDC  
“RS232”  
SUPPLY FROM  
POWER PC  
BOARD  
POWER PC  
BOARD  
CONNECTOR  
PLUG J43  
405  
5 VDC  
406 (+)  
405 (-)  
406  
6(+)  
12(-)  
POWER PC  
BOARD  
CONNECTOR  
PLUG J43  
CHECK +15VDC  
“SPI” SUPPLY  
FROM POWER  
PC BOARD  
401  
402  
15 VDC  
40 VDC  
402 (+)  
401 (-)  
8(+)  
1(-)  
CHECK +40VDC  
OPTIONAL  
SOLENOID  
SUPPLY FROM  
POWER PC BOARD  
POWER PC  
BOARD  
CONNECTOR  
PLUG J43  
438  
438 (+)  
431 (-)  
431  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-28  
F-28  
NOTES  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-29  
F-29  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
OUTPUT DIODE MODULES TEST  
WARNING  
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.  
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or  
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid  
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  
manual.  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical  
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).  
DESCRIPTION  
This test will help determine if any of the output diodes are “shorted”.  
MATERIALS NEEDED  
Analog Voltmeter/Ohmmeter  
Wiring Diagram  
This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-30  
F-30  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
OUTPUT DIODE MODULES TEST (continued)  
FIGURE F.5 Machine Output Terminals  
AMPS  
OLTS  
V
CONTROL  
WELD TERRMINALS  
REMOTE  
LOCAL  
REMOTE  
ON  
OUTPUT  
SELECT  
SELECT  
m
WELD MODE  
HOT START  
ARC CONTROL  
5
0
CC-STICK SOFT  
6
4
-2  
+2  
CC-STICK CRISP  
TIG GTAW  
7
-4  
+4  
+6  
+8  
3
2
8
-6  
-8  
CV-WIRE  
1
9
SELECT  
CV-FLUX CORED  
0
-10  
10  
+10  
SOFT  
CRISP  
ON  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
POSITIVE  
OUTPUT  
NEGATIVE  
OUTPUT  
TERMINAL  
TERMINAL  
TEST PROCEDURE  
4. Using the analog ohmmeter test for more  
than 200 ohms resistance between positive  
and negative output terminals. Positive test  
lead to the positive terminal; Negative test  
lead to the negative terminal. See Figure  
F.6.  
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.  
2. Locate the output terminals on the front  
panel of the machine. See Figure F.5.  
3. Remove any output cables and load from the  
output terminals.  
NOTE: The polarity of the test leads is most  
important. If the test leads polarity is not cor-  
rect, the test will have erroneous results.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-31  
F-31  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
OUTPUT DIODE MODULES TEST (continued)  
Figure F.6 Terminal Close-Up  
ON  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
5. If 200 ohms is measured then the output  
diodes are not “shorted”.  
9. Test all output diode modules individually.  
NOTE: This may require the disassembly of  
the leads and the snubber board from the  
diode modules. Refer to the Output Diode  
Modules Removal and Replacement  
Procedure for detailed instructions.  
NOTE: There is a 200 ohm resistor across the  
welding output terminals.  
6. If less than 200 ohms is measured, one or  
more diodes or the snubber board may be  
faulty.  
7. Perform the Filter Capacitor Discharge  
Procedure detailed in the maintenance sec-  
tion.  
8. Locate the output diode modules and snub-  
ber board. See Figure F.7.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-32  
F-32  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
OUTPUT DIODE MODULES TEST (continued)  
Figure F.7 Snubber and Output Diode Locations  
Output Diode  
Modules  
Snubber  
Board  
LEFT SIDE  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-33  
F-33  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER TEST  
WARNING  
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.  
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or  
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid  
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  
manual.  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical  
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).  
DESCRIPTION  
This procedure will determine if the correct voltage is being applied to the primary of auxil-  
iary transformer and also if the correct voltage is being induced on the secondary windings  
of the transformer.  
MATERIALS NEEDED  
Volt-ohmmeter (Multimeter)  
5/16” Nut Driver  
Wiring Diagram  
This procedure takes approximately 25 minutes to perform.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-34  
F-34  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER TEST (continued)  
FIGURE F.8 Auxiliary Transformer  
Auxiliary  
Transformer  
Secondary Lead  
Plugs P52 and P56  
A
A
M
P
S
V
V
O
L
T
S
A
O
U
T
P
L
U
T
IN  
ELECTR  
COLN  
W
ELD  
TERMINALS  
SELECT  
IC  
W
A
R
N
INVER  
I
N
G
TEC V350-PR  
E
O
O
N
TEST PROCEDURE  
4. Locate the auxiliary transformer. See Figure  
F.8.  
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.  
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the case  
wraparound cover.  
5. Locate the secondary leads and plugs P52  
and P56. See Figure F.8 and F.9.  
3. Perform the Input Capacitor Discharge  
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.  
FIGURE F.9 Plug Lead Connections Viewed From Transformer Lead Side of Plug  
PLUG P56  
PLUG P52  
LEAD  
541  
LEAD  
31  
LEAD  
41A  
LEAD  
532  
LEAD  
54  
LEAD  
24  
LEAD  
42  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-35  
F-35  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER NO.1 TEST (continued)  
TABLE F.4  
NORMAL EXPECTED VOLTAGE  
LEAD IDENTIFICATION  
31 TO 532  
42 TO 541  
24 TO 541  
54 TO 41A  
115 VAC  
42 VAC  
24 VAC  
28 VAC  
7. Carefully apply the correct input voltage to the  
V350-PRO and check for the correct sec-  
ondary voltages per table F.4. Make sure the  
reconnect jumper lead and switch are config-  
ured correctly for the input voltage being  
applied. Make sure circuit breaker (CB2) is  
functioning properly.  
WARNING  
High voltage is present at primary of  
Auxiliary Transformer.  
9. If the correct input voltage is applied to the  
primary, and the secondary voltage(s) are not  
correct, the auxiliary transformer may be  
faulty.  
NOTE: The secondary voltages will vary if the  
input line voltage varies.  
8. If the correct secondary voltages are present,  
the auxiliary transformer is functioning proper-  
ly. If any of the secondary voltages are miss-  
ing or low, check to make certain the primary  
is configured correctly for the input voltage  
applied. See Wiring Diagram.  
10. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.  
11. Install the case wraparound cover using a  
5/16” nut driver.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-36  
F-36  
NOTES  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-37  
F-37  
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR  
CURRENT TRANSDUCER TEST  
WARNING  
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.  
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or  
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid  
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  
manual.  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical  
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).  
DESCRIPTION  
This test will help determine if the current transducer and associated wiring are functioning  
correctly.  
MATERIALS NEEDED  
Volt-ohmmeter  
5/16” Nut Driver  
Grid Bank  
External DC Ammeter  
This procedure takes approximately 45 minutes to perform.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-38  
F-38  
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR  
CURRENT TRANSDUCER TEST (continued)  
FIGURE F.10 Metal Plate Removal & Plug J8 Location  
5/16" Screws  
Metal Plate  
A
A
M
P
S
V
V
O
L
T
S
A
O
U
T
P
L
U
T
IN  
ELECTR  
COLN  
W
ELD  
TERMINALS  
SELECT  
IC  
W
A
R
N
IN  
I
N
G
VER  
TEC V350-PR  
O
O
N
Plug J8  
TEST PROCEDURE  
6. Apply the correct input power to the V350-  
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.  
PRO.  
2. Using the 5/16” nut driver, remove the case  
wraparound cover.  
7. Check for the correct DC supply voltages to  
the current transducer at plug J8. See Figure  
F.11.  
3. Perform the Input Capacitor Discharge  
Procedure.  
A. Pin 2 (lead 802+) to pin 6 (lead 806-)  
should read +15 VDC.  
4. Using the 5/16” nut driver, remove the control  
box top and cut any necessary cable ties. See  
Figure F.10.  
B. Pin 4 (lead 804+) to pin 6 (lead 806-)  
should read -15 VDC.  
5. Locate plug J8 on the control board. Do not  
remove the plug from the P.C. Board.  
8. If either of the supply voltages are low or miss-  
ing, the control board may be faulty.  
FIGURE F.11. Plug J8 Viewed From Lead Side of Plug  
802  
804  
801  
Plug J8  
806  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-39  
F-39  
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR  
CURRENT TRANSDUCER TEST (continued)  
TABLE F.5  
EXPECTED TRANSDUCER FEEDBACK  
OUTPUT LOAD CURRENT  
VOLTAGE  
300  
250  
2.4  
2.0  
200  
150  
100  
1.6  
1.2  
0.8  
9. Check the feedback voltage from the current  
transducer using a resistive load bank and  
with the V350-PRO in mode 200. Mode 200 is  
a constant current test mode. This mode can  
be accessed from the front panel of the V350  
by pressing and holding the Mode Select but-  
ton while turning the machine on. Then, rotate  
the output knob while still holding the Mode  
Select button in until the displays read “Mode  
200”. Release the Mode Select Button and  
the machine will be in mode 200. With the  
V350-PRO in mode 200, apply the grid load  
across the output of the V350-PRO, set  
machine output to 300 amps and enable  
WELD TERMINALS. Adjust the grid load to  
obtain 300 amps on the external ammeter and  
check feedback voltages per Table F.5.  
11. If the correct supply voltages are applied to  
the current transducer, and with the machine  
loaded, the feedback voltage is missing or not  
correct the current transducer may be faulty.  
Before replacing the current transducer, check  
the leads and plugs between the control board  
(J8) and the current transducer (J90). See The  
Wiring Diagram. For access to plug J90 and  
the current transducer refer to: Current  
Transducer Removal and Replacement  
Procedure.  
12. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.  
13. Replace the control box top and any cable ties  
previously removed.  
14. Install the case wraparound cover using the  
5/16” nut driver.  
A. Pin 1 (lead 801) to Pin 6 (lead 806) should  
read 2.4 VDC (machine loaded to 300  
amps).  
10. If for any reason the machine cannot be  
loaded to 300 amps, Table F.5. shows what  
feedback voltage is produced at various cur-  
rent loads.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-40  
F-40  
NOTES  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-41  
F-41  
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR  
FAN CONTROL AND MOTOR TEST  
WARNING  
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.  
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or  
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid  
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  
manual.  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical  
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).  
DESCRIPTION  
This test will help determine if the fan motor, control board, switch board, or associated leads  
and connectors are functioning correctly.  
MATERIALS NEEDED  
Voltmeter  
5/16” Nut Driver  
This procedure takes approximately 40 minutes to perform.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-42  
F-42  
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR  
FAN CONTROL AND MOTOR TEST (continued)  
TEST PROCEDURE  
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge  
1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO  
machine.  
Procedure.  
4. Locate plug J22 on the main switch board. Do  
not remove the plug from the board. See  
Figure F.12.  
2. Using the 5/16” nut driver, remove the case  
wraparound cover.  
FIGURE F.12 PLUG J22 LOCATION  
J22  
J21  
J20  
5. Carefully apply the correct input power to the  
machine.  
6. Carefully check for 115VAC at plug J22 pin-2  
to J22 pin-3. (leads 115B to COM 2) See  
Figure F.13. WARNING: HIGH VOLTAGE IS  
PRESENT AT THE MAIN SWITCH BOARD.  
FIGURE F.13 PLUG J22  
Lead 115 B  
Fan Lead  
Fan Lead  
Lead Com 2  
Plug J22  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-43  
F-43  
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR  
FAN CONTROL AND MOTOR TEST (continued)  
7. If the 115VAC is low or not present perform  
2. Energize the weld output terminals (Select  
The Auxiliary Transformer Test. Also check  
plug J22 and associated leads for loose or  
faulty connections. See the Wiring Diagram.  
Weld Terminals ON) and carefully check for  
+15VAC at plug J20 pin-6+ to J20 pin-2- (leads  
715 to 716). See Figure F.14. If the 15VAC is  
present and the fan is not running then the  
switch board may be faulty. If the 15VDC is  
not present when the weld terminals are ener-  
gized then the control board may be faulty.  
Also check plugs J20, J7, and all associated  
leads for loose or faulty connections. See the  
Wiring Diagram.  
8. Energize the weld output terminals (Select  
Weld Terminals ON) and carefully check for  
115VAC at plug J22 pin-1 to J22 pin-4 (fan  
leads). See Figure F.13. If the 115VAC is pre-  
sent and the fan is not running then the fan  
motor may be faulty. Also check the associat-  
ed leads between plug J22 and the fan motor  
for loose or faulty connections. See the Wiring  
Diagram. WARNING: HIGH VOLTAGE IS  
PRESENT AT THE SWITCH BOARD.  
WARNING: HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT AT  
THE SWITCH BOARD.  
3. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.  
9. If the 115VAC is NOT present in the previous  
step then proceed to the fan control test.  
Note: The fan motor may be accessed by the  
removal of the rear panel detailed in The  
Current  
Replacement Procedure.  
Transducer  
Removal  
and  
FAN CONTROL TEST PROCEDURE  
1. Locate plug J20 on the switch board. Do not  
remove the plug from the switch board. See  
Figure F.12 and Figure F.14.  
4. Replace the case wrap-around cover.  
FIGURE F.14 PLUG J20  
Lead 716-  
Lead 715+  
Plug J20  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-44  
F-44  
NOTES  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-45  
F-45  
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR  
SPI CABLE RESISTANCE AND VOLTAGE TEST  
WARNING  
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.  
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or  
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid  
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  
manual.  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical  
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).  
DESCRIPTION  
This test will help determine if there is a possible “open” in the SPI cable and also determine  
if the correct supply voltages are being applied to the boards in the SPI network.  
MATERIALS NEEDED  
Volt/Ohmmeter  
5/16” Nut Driver  
This procedure takes approximately 35 minutes to perform.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-46  
F-46  
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR  
SPI CABLE RESISTANCE AND VOLTAGE TEST (continued)  
TEST PROCEDURE  
9. Using the ohmmeter check the continuity of  
the remote board SPI cable from the plug (pre-  
viously connected to the display board) to the  
plug on the remote board.  
1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.  
2. Using the 5/16” nut driver, remove the case  
wraparound cover.  
3. Perform the Capacitor Discharge Procedure.  
10. Reconnect the plugs into the display board  
and perform the Display Board Replacement  
Procedure.  
4. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the control  
box top. Cut any necessary cable ties.  
11. With plug J3 still removed from the control  
board, carefully apply the correct input power  
to V350-PRO.  
5. Perform the Display Board Removal  
Procedure. Do not remove the SPI ribbon  
cable connecting the display board to the sta-  
tus board. If a remote board is present, the SPI  
cable plug connecting the remote board to the  
display board will have to be removed from the  
display board.  
12. Turn on the machine.  
13. Carefully check for the presence of +15VDC  
from plug J3 pin -1(+) to plug J3 pin -10(-) at  
the control board receptacle. See Figure F.15.  
6. Locate and remove plug J3 from the control  
board. See Figure F.15.  
14. Carefully check for the presence of +5VDC  
from plug J3 pin -2(+) to plug J3 pin -10(-) at  
the control board receptacle. See Figure F.15.  
7. Check the resistance and continuity of the SPI  
cable by testing with the ohmmeter from each  
pin on plug J3 to the corresponding pins on  
the plug removed from the display board. See  
the machine schematic drawing.  
15. If either of these voltages are low or not pre-  
sent, the control board may be faulty. Replace.  
16. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO  
machine.  
8. The resistance reading pin to corresponding  
pin should be zero ohms or very low resis-  
tance. If the resistance reading is high or  
“open” check the plug connections to the SPI  
network PC boards. If the connections are OK  
and the resistance is high or “open” the SPI  
cable may be faulty.  
17. Replace plug J3 into the control board.  
18. Replace the control box top and any cable ties  
previously removed.  
19. Replace the case wrap-around cover.  
FIGURE F.15 Plug J3  
Pin 1  
Pin 2  
Plug J3  
J3  
Pin 10  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-47  
F-47  
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR  
VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE  
WARNING  
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.  
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or  
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid  
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  
manual.  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical  
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).  
DESCRIPTION  
This test will help determine if the machine is capable of producing welding output and to  
check and adjust, if necessary, the voltage and or current calibration.  
MATERIALS NEEDED  
Resistive Load Bank  
Calibrated Test Voltmeter  
Calibrated Test Ammeter  
This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-48  
F-48  
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR  
VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE (continued)  
CALIBRATION CHECK  
VOLTAGE CALIBRATION  
The calibration of the V350-PRO can be checked  
using a resistive load bank with the V350-PRO in  
mode 200. Mode 200 is a constant current test  
mode.  
1. Connect the resistive load band (approximate-  
ly .087 ohms) and test voltmeter to the welding  
output terminals.  
2. Press and hold in the Mode Select button.  
3. Turn on the V350-PRO.  
1. Press and hold in the Mode Select button.  
2. Turn on the V350-PRO.  
4. Rotate the Output Control knob until the dis-  
play reads “vol cAL”.  
3. Rotate the output knob, while still holding the  
mode select button in, until the displays read  
“mode 200”.  
5. Release the Mode Select button.  
6. Adjust the output control knob until the actual  
output voltage reading on the test volt meter is  
20volts +/- .5 volts.  
4. Release the Mode Select button and the  
machine will be in mode 200.  
5. With the machine in mode 200 apply a resistive  
load to the welding output terminals (approxi-  
mately .087 ohms) set the machine output to  
300 amps and enable the Weld Terminals.  
(Weld Terminals Select ON).  
7. Wait for the machine’s output to be automati-  
cally turned off and then back on.  
8. Adjust the Output Control knob again if neces-  
sary to make the actual voltage output 20 volts  
+/- .5 volts.  
6. Using the test meters note the output voltage  
and current.  
9. Wait for the machine’s output to be automati-  
cally turned off and then back on.  
7. The V350-PRO voltmeter must match the test  
meter reading to within +/- 1 volt.  
10. Repeat the above two steps if necessary.  
8. The V350-PRO ammeter must match the test  
meter within +/- 5 amps.  
11. Press and release the Mode Select button to  
save the calibration.  
9. If the voltmeter does not meet the specification  
then proceed to the Voltage Calibration  
Procedure.  
NOTE: If the Mode Select button is not  
pressed within 30 seconds after adjusting the  
Output Control knob the machine will leave the  
calibration mode and use the previous calibra-  
tion settings.  
10. If the ammeter does not meet the specification  
then proceed to the Current Calibration  
Procedure.  
NOTE: Before attempting to calibrate the voltage  
or current setting of the V350-PRO, be sure to read  
the entire voltage or current calibration section. If  
the steps are not completed quickly, the machine  
will automatically leave the calibration mode with-  
out changing the calibration settings. The voltage  
and current calibration settings of the V350-PRO  
are completely independent of each other.  
Adjusting one will not affect the other.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-49  
F-49  
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR  
VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE (continued)  
CURRENT CALIBRATION  
PROCEDURE  
1. Connect the resistive load band (approxi-  
mately .087 ohms) and test ammeter to the  
welding output terminals.  
10. Adjust the Output Control knob again if  
necessary to make the actual output cur-  
rent reading on the test ammeter 300  
amps +/-2A.  
2. Press and hold in the Mode Select button.  
3. Turn on the V350-PRO.  
11. Wait for the machines output to be au t o -  
matically turned off and then back on.  
4. Rotate the Output Control knob until the  
display reads “cur cAL”.  
12. Repeat the above two steps if necessary.  
13. Press and release the Mode Select button  
to save the calibration.  
5. Release the Mode Select button.  
6. The left display will change to “IcAL” to  
indicate that current calibration is in  
progress.  
14. The left display will scroll the message IcAL  
SAVEd.  
15. The machine will reset to normal operation.  
7. The right display will scroll the following  
message: Adj oCP SorEAL cur-300A.  
NOTE: If the Mode Select button is not  
pressed within 30 seconds after adjusting  
the Output Control knob the machine will  
leave the calibration mode and use the pre-  
vious calibration settings.  
8. Adjust the Output Control knob until the  
actual output current reading on the test  
ammeter is 300amps +/-2A.  
9. Wait for the machines output to be  
automatically turned off and then back on.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-50  
F-50  
NOTES  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-51  
F-51  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  
WARNING  
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.  
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or  
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid  
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  
manual.  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical  
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353) (WELD).  
DESCRIPTION  
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the control board for maintenance  
or replacement.  
MATERIALS NEEDED  
5/16” Nut Driver  
3/8” Nut Drive  
Flathead Screwdriver  
Phillips Head Screwdriver  
This procedure takes approximately 45 minutes to perform.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-52  
F-52  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)  
FIGURE F.16 - CONTROL BOARD LOCATION  
Control Board  
A
AMPS  
V
VOL  
TS  
A
OUTPUT  
L
IN  
ELECTR  
COLN  
W
E
L
D
T
S
E
R
M
IN  
A
L
S
IC  
W
A
R
N
E
INVER  
L
E
C
I
N
G
T
TEC V350-PR  
M
O
R
O
N
PROCEDURE  
5. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the four screws  
from the top and bottom of the front of the  
machine. See Figure F.17.  
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.  
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wrap-  
around cover.  
6. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the six  
screws and their washers from around the input  
power switch. See Figure F.17.  
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge  
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.  
7. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the four  
screws from around the two welder output termi-  
nals on the front of the machine. See Figure F.17.  
4. Locate the control board behind the front panel of  
the machine. See Figure F.16.  
FIGURE F.17 CASE FRONT SCREW REMOVAL  
5/16" Screws  
AMPS  
VOLTS  
CONTROL  
WELD TERRMINALS  
REMOTE  
LOCAL  
REMOTE  
ON  
OUTPUT  
SELECT  
SELECT  
m
WELD MODE  
HOT START  
ARC CONTROL  
5
CC-STICK SOFT  
0
4
6
-2  
+2  
CC-STICK CRISP  
TIG GTAW  
7
-4  
+4  
+6  
+8  
3
2
8
-6  
-8  
CV-WIRE  
1
9
SELECT  
CV-FLUX CORED  
0
10  
-10  
+10  
SOFT  
CRISP  
ON  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
Welder Output  
Terminal Screws  
Input Power  
Switch Screws  
OFF  
5/16" Screws  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-53  
F-53  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)  
FIGURE F.18. - METAL PLATE LOCATION  
5/16" Screws  
Metal Plate  
A
A
MP  
S
V
V
OL  
TS  
A
OU  
TP  
LINCOLN  
U
T
W
ELD  
ELECTRIC  
T
ERM  
IN  
ALS  
SELECT  
W
A
R
N
IN  
I
N
G
V
E
R
T
R
E
E
C
V
3
50-P  
R
O
O
N
Plug J8  
9. Using a 5/16” nut driver or a flathead screwdriver  
remove the metal plate on the top of the machine  
that holds the case front assembly to the center  
panel. There are two nylon cable ties that will  
need to be cut in order for the metal plate to be  
removed. See Figure F.18.  
CAUTION  
Observe static precautions detailed in PC  
Board Troubleshooting Procedures at the  
beginning of this section.  
10. The control board is now accessible to replace.  
8. The front of the machine may now gently be pulled  
forward to gain access to the Control Board. Note:  
The front of the machine cannot be removed com-  
pletely, only pulled forward a few inches.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-54  
F-54  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)  
11.. Beginning at the right side of the machine  
remove plugs J10A and J10B. Note: Be sure to  
label each plugs position upon removal. See  
Figure F.19.  
13. Working your way down the left side of the board,  
remove plugs #J4 and #J3. See Figure F.19.  
12. Working your way across the top of the board  
from right to left, label and remove plugs #J9,  
#J8, #J7, #J6, and #J5. See Figure F.19.  
FIGURE F.19 CONTROL BOARD PLUG LOCATION  
J9  
J8  
J7  
J6  
J5  
J4  
J3  
J10A  
J10B  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-55  
F-55  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)  
14. Using a 3/8” nut driver remove the four mounting  
nuts from the four corners of the control board.  
See Figure F.20.  
16. Replace the control board.  
15. Remove the control board. Note: Gentle prying  
from behind the board using a flathead screw-  
driver may be required.  
FIGURE F.20 CONTROL BOARD MOUNTING SCREW LOCATION  
Mounting  
Screws  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-56  
F-56  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)  
17. Replace the four 3/8” mounting nuts at the cor-  
ners of the board.  
21. Replace the six phillips head screws and their  
washers from around the input power switch.  
18. Replace plugs #J3, #J4, #J5, #J6, #J7, #J8, #J9,  
#J10B, and #J10A previously removed.  
22. Using a 5/16” nut driver replace the four screws  
previously removed from the front of the machine  
19. Using a 5/16” nut driver, replace the metal plate  
on the top of the machine that holds the case  
front assembly to the center panel. Replace all  
cable ties previously removed.  
23. Replace the case wraparound cover.  
20. Replace the four phillips head screws removed  
from the front of the machine located around the  
two welder output terminals.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-57  
F-57  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
DISPLAY BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  
WARNING  
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.  
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or  
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid  
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  
manual.  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical  
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call or 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).  
DESCRIPTION  
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the display board for maintenance  
or replacement.  
MATERIALS NEEDED  
5/16” Nut Driver  
Flathead Screwdriver  
Phillips Head Screwdriver  
This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-58  
F-58  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
DISPLAY BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)  
FIGURE F.21 – DISPLAY BOARD LOCATION  
Display Board  
Status Board  
Mode Board  
C
S71D  
L11130  
1
-1  
L
1
1
1
0
7
-
2
S
T
A
T
U
S
I
N
P
U
T
M
O
D
E
SELECT  
L
11110-1  
A
AMPS  
V
VOL  
TS  
A
OUTPUT  
LINCOLN  
WELD  
ELECTRIC  
T
ERM  
IN  
ALS  
SELECT  
W
A
R
N
INVER  
I
N
G
TEC V350-PR  
E
O
O
N
PROCEDURE  
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor  
Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this  
section.  
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.  
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case  
wraparound cover.  
4. Locate the display board behind the front  
panel of the machine. See Figure F.21.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-59  
F-59  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
DISPLAY BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)  
FIGURE F.22 – CASE FRONT SCREW LOCATION  
5/16" Screws  
AMPS  
OLTS  
V
CONTROL  
WELD TERRMINALS  
REMOTE  
LOCAL  
REMOTE  
ON  
OUTPUT  
SELECT  
SELECT  
m
WELD MODE  
HOT START  
ARC CONTROL  
5
0
CC-STICK SOFT  
6
4
-2  
+2  
CC-STICK CRISP  
TIG GTAW  
7
-4  
+4  
+6  
+8  
3
2
8
-6  
-8  
CV-WIRE  
1
9
SELECT  
CV-FLUX CORED  
0
-10  
10  
+10  
SOFT  
CRISP  
ON  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
Welder Output  
Terminal Screws  
Input Power  
Switch Screws  
OFF  
5/16" Screws  
5. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the four  
screws from the top and bottom of the front of  
the machine. See Figure F.22.  
8. The front of the machine may now gently be  
pulled forward to gain access to the display  
Board. Note: The front of the machine cannot  
be removed completely, only pulled forward a  
few inches.  
6. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the  
six screws and their washers from around the  
input power switch. See Figure F.22.  
9. The display board is now accessible to  
replace.  
7. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the  
four screws from around the two welder out-  
put terminals on the front of the machine. See  
Figure F.22.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-60  
F-60  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
DISPLAY BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)  
10. Remove plug #J37 from the display board.  
15. Replace the four phillips head screws removed  
from the front of the machine located around the  
two welder output terminals.  
11. Remove plug #J3 originating from the control  
board located directly across from the display  
board.  
16. Replace the six phillips head screws and their  
washers from around the input power switch.  
12. Remove the display board. Note: Gentle prying  
from behind the board may be required.  
17. Using a 5/16” nut driver replace the four screws  
previously removed from the front of the machine  
13. Replace the display board.  
18. Replace the case wraparound cover.  
14. Replace plugs #J3 and #J37 previously removed.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-61  
F-61  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
MAIN SWITCH BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  
WARNING  
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.  
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or  
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid  
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  
manual.  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical  
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).  
DESCRIPTION  
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the main switch board for main-  
tenance or replacement.  
MATERIALS NEEDED  
5/16” Nut Driver  
Flathead Screwdriver  
7/16” mm Socket  
3/16” Allen Wrench  
3/8” Nut Driver  
This procedure takes approximately 35 minutes to perform.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-62  
F-62  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
MAIN SWITCH BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)  
FIGURE F.23 – MAIN SWITCH BOARD LEAD LOCATIONS  
207  
202  
J22  
- +  
- +  
209  
201  
204  
208  
205  
J21  
J20  
- +  
- +  
206  
203  
PROCEDURE  
1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.  
5. Using a 5/16” and 3/8” nut driver remove the  
input lead shield from the area at the bottom of  
the main switch board.  
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wrap-  
around cover.  
6. Using a 7/16” socket, remove leads 201, 202,  
203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 from the  
switch board. Note lead terminals locations  
and washer positions upon removal.  
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge  
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.  
7. Locate and disconnect the three harness plugs  
associated with the main switch board. Plugs  
#J20, #J21, #J22. See Figure F.23.  
CAUTION  
Observe static precautions detailed in PC Board  
Troubleshooting Procedures at the beginning of  
this section. Failure to do so can result in perma-  
nent damage to equipment.  
8. Locate the eight capacitor terminals and  
remove the nuts using a 7/16” socket or nut  
driver. Note the position of the washers behind  
each nut for replacement.  
4. Locate the main switch board and all associat-  
ed plug and lead connections. See figure F.23.  
See Wiring Diagram.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-63  
F-63  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
MAIN SWITCH BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)  
FIGURE F.24 – 3/16” ALLEN BOLT LOCATION  
- +  
- +  
3/16" ALLEN BOLTS  
- +  
- +  
9. Using a 3/16” allen wrench remove four allen  
bolts and washers as shown in Figure F.24.  
At this point, the board is ready for removal.  
Carefully remove the board from the 4 nylon  
mounting pins. Note: Depress the retaining  
pins on the sides of the nylon mounts to  
release the board. See Figure F.25.  
13. Replace the four allen bolts and washers  
previously removed.  
14. Replace the eight capacitor terminal nuts,  
washers, and necessary leads previously  
removed.  
15. Reconnect the three harness plugs previous-  
ly removed.  
10. Carefully maneuver the board out of the  
machine.  
16. Reconnect the nine leads (#201-#209) that  
were previously removed.  
11. Apply a thin coat of Penetrox A-13 to the  
IGBT heatsinks on the back of the new  
switch boards mating surfaces. Note: Keep  
compound away from the mounting holes.  
17. Pre-torque all screws to 25 inch lbs. before  
tightening to 44 inch lbs.  
12. Mount the new board on the nylon mount-  
ing pins.  
18. Replace the case wraparound cover.  
FIGURE F.25 – NYLON MOUNTING PIN  
DEPRESS  
LOCKING TAB ON  
MOUNTING PIN  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-64  
F-64  
NOTES  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-65  
F-65  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
MODE BOARD  
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  
WARNING  
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.  
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or  
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid  
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  
manual.  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical  
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).  
DESCRIPTION  
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the mode board for maintenance  
or replacement.  
MATERIALS NEEDED  
5/16” Nut Driver  
Small Flathead Screwdriver  
Phillips Head Screwdriver  
1/4” Wrench  
This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-66  
F-66  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
MODE BOARD  
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)  
FIGURE F.26 – MODE BOARD LOCATION  
Display Board  
Status Board  
Mode Board  
CS  
L1  
7
1D1  
1
130-1  
L
1
1
1
0
7
-
2
S
TAT  
U
S
I
N
P
U
T
MODE SELECT  
L11110-1  
A
A
MP  
S
V
V
OL  
TS  
A
OU  
TP  
LINCOLN  
U
T
W
ELD  
ELECTRIC  
T
ERM  
IN  
ALS  
SELECT  
W
A
R
N
IN  
I
N
G
V
E
R
T
E
E
C
V
350-P  
R
O
E
O
N
PROCEDURE  
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor  
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.  
Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this  
section.  
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case  
wraparound cover.  
4. Locate the mode board behind the front panel  
of the machine. See Figure F.26.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-67  
F-67  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
MODE BOARD  
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)  
FIGURE F.27 – CASE FRONT SCREW REMOVAL  
5/16" Screws  
AMPS  
OLTS  
V
CONTROL  
WELD TERRMINALS  
REMOTE  
LOCAL  
REMOTE  
ON  
OUTPUT  
SELECT  
SELECT  
m
WELD MODE  
HOT START  
ARC CONTROL  
5
0
CC-STICK SOFT  
6
4
-2  
+2  
CC-STICK CRISP  
TIG GTAW  
7
-4  
+4  
+6  
+8  
3
2
8
-6  
-8  
CV-WIRE  
1
9
SELECT  
CV-FLUX CORED  
0
-10  
10  
+10  
SOFT  
CRISP  
ON  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
Welder Output  
Terminal Screws  
Input Power  
Switch Screws  
OFF  
5/16" Screws  
5. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the four  
screws from the top and bottom of the front of  
the machine. See Figure F.27.  
7. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the  
four screws from around the two welder output  
terminals on the front of the machine. See  
Figure F.27.  
6. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the  
six screws and their washers from around the  
input power switch. See Figure F.27.  
8. The front of the machine may now gently be  
pulled forward to gain access to the mode  
board. Note: The front of the machine cannot  
be removed completely, only pulled forward a  
few inches.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-68  
F-68  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
MODE BOARD  
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)  
FIGURE F.28. – CASE FRONT  
AMPS  
OLTS  
V
CONTROL  
WELD TERRMINALS  
REMOTE  
LOCAL  
REMOTE  
ON  
OUTPUT  
SELECT  
SELECT  
m
WELD MODE  
HOT START  
ARC CONTROL  
5
0
CC-STICK SOFT  
6
4
-2  
+2  
CC-STICK CRISP  
TIG GTAW  
7
-4  
+4  
+6  
+8  
3
2
8
-6  
-8  
CV-WIRE  
1
9
SELECT  
CV-FLUX CORED  
0
-10  
10  
+10  
SOFT  
CRISP  
5/16" Screws  
ON  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
9. Remove plug #J34 from the mode board.  
14. Place both knobs in the full counter clockwise  
position to gain access to the mounting  
screws.  
10. Remove plug #J31 originating from the status  
board located directly above the mode board.  
15. Using a small flathead screwdriver, loosen the  
screw in the “Hot Start” knob and the “Arc  
Control” knob. The knobs should slide off of  
their shafts. See Figure F.29.  
11. Open the cover of the weld mode display on  
the front of the machine.  
12. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the three  
5/16” screws as shown in Figure F.28.  
16. Using a 1/4” wrench remove the nuts and their  
washers behind the “Hot Start” and “Arc  
Control” knobs.  
13. Carefully maneuver the the mode faceplate up  
and away from the machine. The bottom of  
the plate will come out first. Note: The mode  
board will still be attached to its mounting  
plate.  
17. Remove the mode board by gently prying from  
behind the board.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-69  
F-69  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
MODE BOARD  
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)  
FIGURE F.29 – SCREW IN CAP  
Small Flathead  
Screwdriver  
18. Replace the mode board.  
23. Replace the four phillips head screws removed  
from the front of the machine located around  
the two welder output terminals.  
19. Replace the 1/4” nuts and their washers that  
mount the “Hot Start” and “Arc Control”  
knobs.  
24. Replace the six phillips head screws and their  
washers from around the input power switch.  
20. Using a small screwdriver replace the two  
knobs previously removed. Be sure to place  
both potentiometers in the full counter clock-  
wise position and position knobs for proper  
calibration.  
25. Using a 5/16” nut driver replace the four  
screws previously removed from the front of  
the machine  
26. Replace the case wraparound cover.  
21. Replace the three 5/16” screws previously  
removed from the front of the machine located  
around the mode board knobs.  
22. Replace plugs #J31 and #J34 previously  
removed.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-70  
F-70  
NOTES  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-71  
F-71  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
STATUS BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  
WARNING  
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.  
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or  
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid  
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  
manual.  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical  
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).  
DESCRIPTION  
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the status board for maintenance  
or replacement.  
MATERIALS NEEDED  
5/16” Nut Driver  
Flathead Screwdriver  
Phillips Head Screwdriver  
This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-72  
F-72  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
STATUS BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)  
PROCEDURE  
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor  
Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this  
section.  
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.  
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case  
wraparound cover.  
4. Locate the status board behind the front  
panel of the machine. See Figure F.30.  
FIGURE F.30 – STATUS BOARD LOCATION  
Display Board  
Status Board  
Mode Board  
C
S
L
71D  
11130-1  
1
L
1
1
1
0
7
-
2
S
T
A
T
U
S
I
N
P
U
T
MODE SELECT  
L1  
11  
10  
-1  
A
A
MP  
S
V
V
OL  
TS  
A
OU  
TP  
LINCOLN  
U
T
WELD  
ELECTRIC  
T
ERM  
IN  
ALS  
SELECT  
W
A
R
N
I
N
IN  
V
E
R
T
E
C
V
3
5
0
-P  
R
O
O
N
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-73  
F-73  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
STATUS BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)  
5. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the four screws  
from the top and bottom of the front of the  
machine. See Figure F.31.  
8. The front of the machine may now gently be pulled  
forward to gain access to the status Board.  
Note: The front of the machine cannot be removed  
completely, only pulled forward a few inches.  
6. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the six  
screws and their washers from around the input  
power switch. See Figure F.31.  
9. The status board is now accessible to replace.  
7. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the four  
screws from around the two welder output termi-  
nals on the front of the machine. See Figure F.31.  
FIGURE F.31 – FRONT SCREW REMOVAL  
5/16" Screws  
AMPS  
OLTS  
V
CONTROL  
WELD TERMINALS  
REMOTE  
LOCAL  
REMOTE  
ON  
OUTPUT  
SELECT  
SELECT  
m
WELD MODE  
HOT START  
ARC CONTROL  
5
0
CC-STICK SOFT  
6
4
-2  
+2  
CC-STICK CRISP  
TIG GTAW  
7
-4  
+4  
+6  
+8  
3
2
8
-6  
-8  
CV-WIRE  
1
9
SELECT  
CV-FLUX CORED  
0
-10  
10  
+10  
SOFT  
CRISP  
ON  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
Welder Output  
Terminal Screws  
Input Power  
Switch Screws  
OFF  
5/16" Screws  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-74  
F-74  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
STATUS BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)  
10. Remove plug #J311 and plug #J31 from the sta-  
tus board.  
16. Replace the four phillips head screws removed  
from the front of the machine located around the  
two welder output terminals.  
11. Remove plug #J37 originating from the display  
board located directly above the status board.  
17. Replace the six phillips head screws and their  
washers from around the input power switch.  
12. Remove the status board. Note: Gentle prying  
from behind the board will be required.  
18. Using a 5/16” nut driver replace the four screws  
previously removed from the front of the machine  
13. Replace the status board.  
19. Replace the case wraparound cover.  
14. Replace plug #J37 previously removed.  
15. Replace plug #J31 and plug #J311 previously  
removed.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-75  
F-75  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
SNUBBER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  
WARNING  
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.  
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or  
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid  
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  
manual.  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical  
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).  
DESCRIPTION  
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the snubber board for mainte-  
nance or replacement.  
MATERIALS NEEDED  
5/16” Nut Driver  
7/16 Socket or Nut Driver  
This procedure takes approximately 15 minutes to perform.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-76  
F-76  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
SNUBBER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)  
PROCEDURE  
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge  
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.  
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.  
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wrap-  
around cover.  
4. Locate the snubber board.. See Figure F.32.  
FIGURE F.32 – SNUBBER BOARD LOCATION  
Snubber  
Board  
LEFT SIDE  
5. Remove small lead #B1 from the board. See  
Figure F.33.  
8. Replace the snubber board.  
9. Replace the bolts, leads, and washers previously  
removed. Torque bolt to 30-40 Inch Lbs.  
6. Remove the four bolts using a 7/16” socket. Two  
of these bolts have leads #30 and #10 connected  
to them. Note the position of all leads and associ-  
ated washers upon removal.  
10. Replace the case wraparound cover.  
7. Carefully remove the snubber board.  
FIGURE F.33 – SNUBBER BOARD LEADS (CLOSE UP)  
Lead 30  
Lead B1  
Lead 10  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-77  
F-77  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
POWER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  
WARNING  
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.  
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or  
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid  
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  
manual.  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical  
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).  
DESCRIPTION  
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the power board for maintenance  
or replacement.  
MATERIALS NEEDED  
5/16” Nut Driver  
Flathead Screwdriver  
This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-78  
F-78  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
POWER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)  
FIGURE F.34 POWER BOARD LOCATION  
POWER BOARD  
LEFT SIDE  
PROCEDURE  
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge  
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.  
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.  
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wrap-  
around cover.  
4. Locate the power board. See Figure F.34.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-79  
F-79  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
POWER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)  
5. Locate the three plug connections. J41, J42 and  
J43. See figure F.35.  
9. Replace with new power board.  
10. Secure the new power board into its proper posi-  
tion with the four screws and washers previously  
removed.  
6. Carefully remove the three plugs from the power  
board.  
7. Remove the four screws and associated washers  
at the corners of the board using a flathead screw-  
driver. Board is ready for removal. Note the posi-  
tion of washers upon removal.  
11. Replace the three plugs previously removed.  
Plugs J41, J42 and J43.  
12. Replace the case wraparound cover.  
8. Remove the power board.  
FIGURE F.35 – POWER BOARD LEAD LOCATION  
J42  
J41  
J43  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-80  
F-80  
NOTES  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-81  
F-81  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
INPUT RECTIFIER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  
WARNING  
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.  
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or  
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid  
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  
manual.  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical  
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).  
DESCRIPTION  
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the input rectifier for maintenance  
or replacement.  
MATERIALS NEEDED  
3/16” Allen wrench  
5/16” Nut Driver  
Flathead Screwdriver  
Penetrox A-13 Heatsink Compound  
Silicon Sealant  
This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-82  
F-82  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
INPUT RECTIFIER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)  
PROCEDURE  
6. Remove the six screws from the terminals using a  
flathead screwdriver. Carefully note the position of  
all leads and their positions upon removal. See  
Figure F.37.  
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.  
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case  
wraparound cover.  
7. Using a 3/16”in. allen wrench remove the two  
mounting screws and washers from the input  
bridge. See Figure F.37.  
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge  
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.  
4. Locate the input rectifier. See figure F.36.  
8. Remove the input bridge.  
5. Carefully remove the silicon sealant insulating the  
six input rectifier terminals.  
FIGURE F.36 – INPUT RECTIFIER LOCATION  
INPUT  
RECTIFIER  
A
AMPS  
V
VOL  
TS  
A
OUTPUT  
LINCOLN  
WELD  
ELECTRIC  
T
ERM  
IN  
ALS  
SELECT  
W
A
INVER  
R
N
I
N
G
TEC V350-PR  
E
O
O
O
N
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-83  
F-83  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
INPUT RECTIFIER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)  
9. Apply a thin coat of Penetrox A-13 heatsink com-  
pound to the point of contact between the input  
rectifier and the mounting surface.  
11. Reconnect the previously removed leads to their  
proper locations. Torque to 31 inch pounds.  
12. Cover the input rectifier and its six terminals with  
silicon sealant.  
10. Secure the new input bridge into its proper posi-  
tion with the two 3/16”in. allen mounting screws  
previously removed. Torque to 44 inch pounds.  
13. Replace the case wraparound cover.  
FIGURE F.37 – INPUT RECTIFIER (CLOSE-UP)  
Small Lead "H1"  
To Auxiliary Transformer  
3/16" ALLEN  
BOLTS  
C
B
#207  
#207A  
A
#209  
Small Lead "A"  
To Circuit Breaker  
FRONT  
REAR  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-84  
F-84  
NOTES  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-85  
F-85  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULES REMOVAL AND  
REPLACEMENT  
WARNING  
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.  
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or  
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid  
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  
manual.  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical  
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).  
DESCRIPTION  
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the output rectifier modules for  
maintenance or replacement.  
MATERIALS NEEDED  
3/16” Allen wrench  
9/64” Allen wrench  
5/16” Nut Driver  
7/16” Wrench  
Flathead Screwdriver  
Penetrox A-13 Heatsink Compound  
Thin Knife/Screwdriver  
This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-86  
F-86  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULES  
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)  
PROCEDURE  
5. Before the output rectifier modules can be  
reached, the Snubber Board Removal  
Procedure must be performed.  
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.  
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wrap-  
around cover.  
6. After the snubber board is removed, remove the  
four leads connected to the modules using a 3/16”  
allen wrench. These leads are #X4, #X2, #20, #40.  
Note their positions for reassembly. See Figure  
F.38.  
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge  
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.  
4. Locate the output rectifier modules located behind  
the snubber board. See figure F.38.  
7. Remove the copper plates from the tops of the  
modules.  
FIGURE F.38 – OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULE LEAD LOCATIONS  
Lead #20 Lead #X2  
Lead #X4  
Lead #40  
Snubber  
Board  
LEFT SIDE  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-87  
F-87  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULES  
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)  
8. Under the copper plate previously removed, there  
is an allen bolt. Remove it using a 9/64” allen  
wrench.  
13. The screw threads may catch on the threads of  
the heat sink, so be sure to get the face of the  
screw into contact with the surface of the module  
(using just hand torque).  
9. Using a 7/16” socket remove the mounting bolts at  
the top and bottom of the modules. See Figure  
F.39.  
14. Using a 7/16” socket, tighten each mounting bolt  
to between 5 and 10 inch pounds.  
10. The output rectifier modules are ready for removal  
and/or replacement.  
15 Tighten the center allen screw to between 12 and  
18 inch pounds.  
11. Before replacing the diode module, apply a thin  
even coat of Penetrox A-13 heatsink compound  
to the bottom surface of the diode module. Note:  
Keep the compound away from the mounting  
holes.  
16. Tighten each mounting bolt again (30 to 40 inch  
pounds this time).  
15. Replace leads #X2, #X4, #20, #40 to their original  
terminals in their proper positions. Torque bolts to  
30-40 Inch Pounds.  
12. Press the module firmly against the sink while  
aligning the mounting holes. Insert each outer  
screw through a spring washer and then a plain  
washer and into the holes. Start threading all  
three screws into the heat sink (2 or 3 turns by  
hand).  
16. Perform the Snubber Board Replacement  
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.  
17. Replace the case wraparound cover.  
FIGURE F.39 – OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULE MOUNTING BOLT LOCATIONS  
Mounting Bolts  
3/16" Allen  
Bolts  
9/64" Allen  
Bolts  
Mounting Bolts  
LEFT SIDE  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-88  
F-88  
NOTES  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-89  
F-89  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT  
WARNING  
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.  
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or  
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid  
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this  
manual.  
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the  
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical  
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).  
DESCRIPTION  
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the current transducer for  
maintenance or replacement.  
MATERIALS NEEDED  
5/16” Nut Driver  
1/4” Nut Driver  
1/2” Wrench  
3/8” Wrench  
Channel Locks  
Flathead Screwdriver  
Phillips Head Screwdriver  
Hammer  
Crescent Wrench  
Pliers  
This procedure takes approximately 45 minutes to perform.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-90  
F-90  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)  
PROCEDURE  
5. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the two  
mounting screws from each wire feeder recepta-  
cle. See Figure F.40.  
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.  
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wrap-  
around cover.  
6. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the four screws  
from the top and bottom of the back of the  
machine. See Figure F.40.  
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge  
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.  
4. Remove the caps on the two wire feeder recepta-  
cles.  
FIGURE F.40 – CASE BACK SCREW LOCATIONS  
REAR  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
Wire Feeder Receptacle  
Mounting Screws  
Plastic  
Nut  
5/16" Mounting Screws  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-91  
F-91  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)  
7. Label and remove the four leads connected to the  
two wire feeder circuit breakers. Pliers may be  
necessary.  
11. Locate the steel nut located directly on the other  
side of the rear assembly behind the plastic nut  
that was previously removed. See Figure F.41.  
8. Label and remove the two leads connecting to the  
CB2 circuit breaker. Pliers may be necessary.  
12. Using a hammer and a flathead screwdriver, firm-  
ly tap the metal nut from the bottom of one of its  
ribs. This tapping will loosen the nut. Note: Be  
sure to tap from the bottom so the nut loosens in  
a counter clockwise fashion if viewed from the  
front of the machine.  
9. Label and remove the seven leads from the  
reconnect panel. Pliers may be necessary.  
10. Using a crescent wrench, remove the large plastic  
nut from around the input power line located at  
bottom of the rear assembly. See Figure F.41.  
13. Using a 3/8” wrench label and remove leads #202,  
#203, #206, #207A from the reconnect switches.  
See Figure F.41.  
FIGURE F.41 LEAD LOCATIONS  
#206  
#202  
#207A  
#203  
A
AMPS  
V
VOL  
TS  
A
OUTPUT  
LINCOLN  
ELECTR  
WELD TERMINALS  
IC  
SELECT  
W
ARNING  
INVER  
TEC V350-PR  
T
O
ON  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-92  
F-92  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)  
14. The back of the machine may now gently be  
pulled away to gain access to the current trans-  
ducer. Note: The rear of the machine cannot be  
removed completely.  
19. Using a 3/8” wrench, remove the four mounting  
screws from the output diode heatsink assembly.  
Take note placement of insulation for reassembly.  
See Figure F.42.  
15. Carefully swing the rear of the machine open to  
the right while facing the rear of the machine.  
20. Cut any necessary cable ties and carefully remove  
the heavy lead from the diode heatsink.  
16. Perform the Snubber Board Removal  
21. Remove the output diode heatsink assembly  
through the rear of the machine.  
Procedure.  
17. Remove leads #X2 and #20 from the output diode  
module.  
22. Remove plug #J90 from the current transducer.  
23. Using a 3/8” nut driver, remove the two mounting  
nuts from the current transducer.  
18. Remove leads #X4 and #40 from the other output  
diode module.  
FIGURE F.42– OUTPUT HEATSINK MOUNTING SCREW LOCATION  
FOUR 3/8"  
MOUNTING  
BOLTS  
LEFT SIDE  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-93  
F-93  
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR  
CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)  
24. Replace the current transducer.  
33. Using a 3/8” wrench, replace leads #202, #203,  
#206, and #207A previously removed from the  
reconnect switches.  
25. Replace the two 3/8” mounting nuts previously  
removed.  
34. Tighten the metal nut previously removed from the  
inside of the rear wall on the back of the machine.  
Channel locks may be necessary.  
26. Reconnect plug #J90 to the current transducer.  
27. Replace any necessary cable ties previously cut.  
35. Replace the large plastic nut from around input  
power line located at the back of the machine.  
28. Replace the output diode heatsink assembly pre-  
viously removed using a 3/8” wrench.  
36. Replace the seven leads to the reconnect panel in  
their proper locations.  
Note: Be sure to place insulation in its original  
location.  
37. Replace the two leads to the CB2 circuit breaker.  
29. Replace leads #X2, #20, #X4, #40 previously  
removed from the two output diode modules.  
Torque to 30-40 inch lbs.  
38. Replace the four leads to the two wire feeder cir-  
cuit breakers.  
30. Perform the Snubber Board Replacement  
39. Using a 5/16” nut driver, replace the four screws  
at the top and bottom at the rear of the machine.  
Procedure.  
31. From the rear of the machine, replace the heavy  
flex lead to the bottom of the output diode  
heatsink assembly using a 1/2” wrench. Note:  
Don’t forget to include all washers.  
40. Replace the two phillips head mounting screws  
from around each wire feeder receptacle.  
41. Replace the case wraparound cover.  
32. The rear of the machine may now be placed back  
into its original position.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-94  
F-94  
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR  
RETEST AFTER REPAIR  
Retest a machine:  
If it is rejected under test for any reason that requires you to remove any part which could affect the  
machine’s electrical characteristics.  
If you repair or replace any electrical components:  
IDLE AMPS  
Input Volts  
Idle Watts  
Maximum Idle Amps  
230VAC  
460VAC  
575VAC  
400 Watts  
400 Watts  
Less Than 1.0 Amp  
Less Than 0.5 Amp  
Less Than 0.5 Amp  
400 Watts  
Note: The machine’s output terminals should be energized but with no external load on the  
machine.  
PERFORM THE VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE  
This procedure is necessary to insure that the machine is capable of producing output and that the unit is  
calibrated correctly.  
FAN AS NEEDED (F.A.N.)  
The fan should turn on when the machine’s output terminals are energized and stay on for approximately  
5 minutes after the output terminals are de-energized.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
G-1  
G-1  
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS  
TABLE OF CONTENTS  
-ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS SECTION-  
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION G  
WIRING DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-2  
MACHINE SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-3  
CONTROL PC BOARD SCHEMATIC #1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-4  
CONTROL PC BOARD SCHEMATIC #2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-5  
CONTROL PC BOARD SCHEMATIC #3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-6  
CONTROL PC BOARD SCHEMATIC #4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-7  
CONTROL PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-8  
POWER SUPPLY PC BOARD SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-9  
POWER SUPPLY PC BOARD ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-10  
SWITCH PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-11  
SWITCH PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-12  
DISPLAY PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-13  
DISPLAY PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-14  
STATUS PC BOARD SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-15  
STATUS PC BOARD ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-16  
MODE SELECT PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-17  
MODE SELECT PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-18  
REMOTE PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-19  
REMOTE PC BOARD ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-20  
SNUBBER PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-21  
SNUBBER PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-22  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
G-2  
G-2  
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS  
WIRING DIAGRAM - INVERTEC V350-PRO  
WIRING DIAGRAM INVERTEC V350-PRO  
RIGHT SIDE OF MACHINE  
}
INPUT  
PER  
N.A.  
+ C1,C3  
1001,1002,  
1010,1020  
3200/300  
206  
205  
203  
208  
SWITCH  
J20  
1
607  
5
6
7
8
615  
716  
715  
611  
612  
609  
602  
1010  
2
3
4
1020  
610  
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
209  
1002 1020  
605  
1010  
1001  
J21  
608  
G
R
B
B
A
W
C
616  
1
2
1
2
J9  
J8  
3
6
5
4
1001  
1002  
903  
W
V
U
2
J22  
901  
804  
1
201  
207  
J10A  
204  
J11  
1
2
4
J10B  
502  
505  
CB1  
100 A CIRCUIT  
BREAKER  
3
4
3
8
7
6
5
3200/300  
202  
+
2
802  
806  
801  
C2,C4  
1
S
T
A
T
U
S
201  
CURRENT  
TRANSDUCER  
J7  
J6  
J5  
16  
15  
205  
716  
715  
4A  
P56  
PRIMARY  
J331  
R
6
12  
11  
J311  
P52  
J37  
5
277  
276  
275  
RECONNECT  
4
2
6
1
7
16  
1
11  
5
B
5
2
1
4
10  
9
4
1
3 2  
J90  
FAN  
J34  
I
FAN  
75  
4
E
M
O
T
2
2A  
410  
3
3
77  
4
6
2
77  
76  
5
4
10  
75  
75A  
76  
901  
+
COM2A  
9
8
7
76A  
554  
553  
552  
551  
D
I
S
P
L
A
Y
77A  
3
8
277  
276  
275  
9
E
D
B
R5  
FAN  
203  
2
2
X2  
X20  
7
207A  
F
C
3
8
7
6
10K/2W  
1
+
901A  
J1  
1
3
6
A
204  
7
2
1
J33  
E
TP4  
L1  
X30 REACTOR  
901B  
5
4
3
2
1
10  
9
6 PIN  
608  
616  
607  
615  
8
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
CONTROL  
POT  
X3  
X
1
J31  
R1  
208  
REMOTE  
7
6
206  
M
O
D
E
AUXILIARY  
XFMR  
(REAR VIEW )  
8
5
4
3
2
1
X30  
10  
9
S1  
202  
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
CHOKE  
7
21B  
21  
5
4
3
2
1
605  
( 380-575VAC POSITION )  
x x x x x x x  
610  
612  
6
8
INPUT  
TP6  
X10  
503  
506  
N.C.  
A
7
CB2  
A
903A  
BRIDGE  
611  
A
903B  
2A  
A
MAIN  
6
602  
609  
TP5  
XFMR  
209  
+
_
_
A
903  
X40  
X4  
TP3  
L2  
REACTOR  
J2  
A
B
C
D
E
F
TP1  
H4  
H2  
_
380-  
200-  
208V  
2
1
4
3
502  
503  
X10  
415V  
207A  
207  
B
TP2  
505  
J4  
J3  
10  
5
506  
550-  
440-  
460V  
H5  
220-  
230V  
8
12 11 10  
9
3
7
1
8
3
7
2
9
4
6
C
575V  
H6  
H3  
2
6
5
4
1
H1  
J42  
412  
407  
411  
410  
408  
4
5
6
1
2
3
CONTROL  
RECTIFIER  
554  
553  
X2  
FLEX CIRCUIT  
FLEX CIRCUIT  
X4  
CUIT  
FLEXCIR  
FLEX CIRCUIT  
OUTPUT  
RECTIFIER  
C5  
GAS  
SOLENOID  
2400/80  
+
J41  
3
4
1
2
66  
65  
66  
65  
432  
431  
438  
432  
32  
31  
J43  
P
O
W
E
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
GND  
42  
41A  
~
A
L
A
B
L
J
N
F
J
65B  
41B  
GND  
8
66B  
-
X30  
X10  
K
41  
K
405  
403  
B
D
I
I
P55  
1
2A  
2B  
41B  
9
41  
6A  
32  
2A  
2B  
21B  
24  
21  
H
C
N
F
H
X20  
S
C
X40  
551  
552  
438  
431  
10  
11  
12  
406  
4A  
4B  
M
G
D
M
G
4B  
2
3
CB1  
CB2  
N
U
B
B
E
R
E
~
E
75B  
75A  
75B  
401  
402  
54  
541  
532  
77B  
R
77A  
76B  
77B  
76A  
76B  
4
24/42V WIRE FEEDER  
115V WIRE FEEDER  
COLOR CODE:  
B = BLACK  
G = GREEN  
R = RED  
W = WHITE  
U = BLUE  
SNB  
REMOTE  
REMOTE  
(REAR VIEW )  
(REAR VIEW)  
N = BROWN  
Y = YELLOW  
21,21B,2A,4A,  
75A,76A,77A  
NOTES  
:
LEFT SIDE OF MACHINE  
N.A. 1. FOR MACHINES SUPPLIED WITH INPUT CABLE  
N.B. SINCE COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY OF A PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD MAY CHANGE WITHOUT AFFECTING  
THE INTERCHANGEABILITY OF A COMPLETE BOARD, THIS DIAGRAM MAY NOT SHOW THE EXACT  
COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY HAVING A COMMON CODE NUMBER.  
N.C. PLACE "A" LEAD ON APPROPRIATE CONNECTION FOR INPUT VOLTAGE.  
CONNECTION SHOWN IS FOR 550-575V OPERATION.  
FOR SINGLE PHASE INPUT: CONNECT GREEN LEAD TO GROUND PER NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE.  
CONNECT BLACK AND WHITE LEADS TO SUPPLY CIRCUIT.  
WRAP RED LEAD WITH TAPE TO PROVIDE 600V. INSULATION.  
FOR THREE PHASE INPUT: CONNECT GREEN LEAD TO GROUND PER NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.  
CONNECT BLACK, RED & WHITE LEADS TO SUPPLY CIRCUIT.  
J2,J5,J11,  
J22, J41,  
J311, P55  
J31,J33,  
J34,J37  
J8,  
J20,J21  
J10A,  
J1,J6,J7, P52  
J9, J42, P53  
J43, J331  
J10B  
1
6
1
9
8
5
1
2
4
6
1
3
1
1
7
1
2. FOR MACHINES NOT SUPPLIED WITH INPUT CABLE  
FOR SINGLE PHASE INPUT: GROUND MACHINE PER NATIONAL AND LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES.  
CONNECT TERMINALS U & W TO SUPPLY CIRCUIT.  
FOR THREE PHASE INPUT: GROUND MACHINE PER NATIONAL AND LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES.  
CONNECT TERMINALS U, V & W TO SUPPLY CIRCUIT.  
8
BASE  
16  
10  
3
5
12  
CASE FRONT  
MODE PANEL  
4
4
6
2
PROTECTIVE BONDING CIRCUIT  
CONNECTOR CAVITY NUMBERING SEQUENCE  
(VIEWED FROM COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD)  
ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537  
6-2-2000A  
G3707  
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual. The wiring diagram specific to your code is pasted inside one of the enclosure panels of your machine.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
G-3  
G-3  
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS  
SCHEMATIC - COMPLETE MACHINE  
SWITCH BOARD  
209  
609  
602  
J20-4  
J20-8  
MAIN  
INPUT  
RELAY  
CR1  
CONTROL BOARD  
+15V  
J6-9  
J6-2  
609  
602  
MAIN RELAY CONTROL  
RECONNECT SWITCH  
CR1  
616  
VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #1 (+)  
VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #1 (-)  
PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #1 (-)  
PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #1 (+)  
J6-16  
J6-8  
205  
206  
608  
1001  
1002  
SNUBBER  
BOARD  
J10A-1  
J10A-2  
100 AMP  
CIRCUIT BREAKER  
4200 uF  
616  
J21-6  
-
-
V/F CONVERTER # 1  
REACTOR  
/
J21-2  
J21-1  
J21-5  
608  
J8-1  
OUTPUT  
DIODES  
CURRENT FEEDBACK ( 4V=500A )  
I OUT  
+15V  
-15V  
801  
801  
802  
804  
806  
J90-3  
J90-1  
J90-2  
INPUT SWITCH  
1001  
1002  
+15V  
J8-2  
J8-4  
J8-6  
802  
804  
806  
-15V  
4200 uF  
H1  
GND J90-4  
CONTROL BOARD COMMON  
POS  
NEG  
AC3  
AC2  
AC1  
L1  
L2  
W
V
WHITE  
RED  
C
POSITIVE  
203  
202  
J9-1  
J9-3  
(+) STUD VOLTAGE SENSE  
(-) STUD VOLTAGE SENSE  
208  
204  
901  
903  
+
TP3  
TP2  
901B  
901A  
INPUT  
LINES  
CURRENT  
TRANSDUCER  
C1/TP1  
.05uF  
600V  
B
A
320V  
160J  
R1  
TP1  
S1  
L3  
U
G
21B  
TP3  
BLACK  
GREEN  
150V  
80J  
21  
MAIN CHOKE  
x x x x x x  
L3  
4200 uF  
903A  
-
A
J21-7  
605  
610  
NEGATIVE  
903B  
V/F CONVERTER # 2  
-
2A  
GND  
J21-3  
THERMOSTAT  
C2/TP2  
.05uF  
600V  
320V  
160J  
Dashed lines represent  
copper bus connections.  
J21-4  
J21-8  
4200 uF  
REACTOR  
J1,J6,J7, P52  
506  
503  
-
207  
B1  
8
1
506  
505  
SNB  
201  
Shown connected for  
200 - 240 Volt Input Voltage  
9
16  
1010  
503  
502  
THERMOSTAT  
THERMOSTAT  
J5-3  
J5-2  
1020  
J31,J33,  
J34,J37  
1
5
(+)  
(-)  
(-)  
505  
502  
(+)  
AUXILIARY  
J6-5  
605  
610  
1010  
1020  
611  
612  
615  
607  
715  
716  
VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #2 (+)  
VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #2 (-)  
PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #2 (-)  
PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #2 (+)  
GND (a)  
SOFT START CONTROL  
PULSE TRANSFORMER GATE DRIVE  
PULSE TRANSFORMER GATE DRIVE  
+ 15 (a)  
6
10  
J6-10  
J10B-1  
J10B-2  
J6-11  
J6-12  
TRANSFORMER  
J2,J5,J11,  
J22,J41,  
J311,P55  
611  
FAN  
615  
607  
716  
612  
115 VAC  
715  
J6-15  
J6-7  
J7-15  
J7-16  
FAN  
2
FAN  
1
FAN CONTROL  
4
3
J9,J42,P53  
power down signal  
+15 (a)  
J4-7  
J4-12  
407  
412  
407  
412  
POWERDOWN SIGNAL (HIGH=RUN)  
+15V (a)  
J42-4  
J42-1  
COM2  
1
3
POWER  
BOARD  
MACHINE  
J4-8  
+5 (a)  
GND (a)  
-15 (a)  
408  
410  
411  
+5V (a)  
GND (a)  
-15V (a)  
J42-3  
J42-5  
J42-2  
408  
410  
411  
CONTROL  
POWER  
SUPPLY  
115B  
4
6
J4-10  
J4-11  
J8,J20, J21  
4
1
54  
65B  
J4-3  
J4-2  
+5 SPI (b)  
J43-1  
J43-6  
J43-12  
J43-4  
403  
403  
402  
+5V SPI (b)  
541  
65  
J45-2  
+40 VDC  
J45-1  
SPI  
5
8
+15 SPI (b)  
SPI GND (b)  
+5 RS232 (e)  
GND (e)  
402  
401  
406  
+15V SPI (b)  
CB1 6A  
41  
POWER  
SUPPLY  
532  
32  
66  
J43, J331  
401  
406  
J4-1  
J4-6  
GND SPI (b)  
+5V RS232 (e)  
6
1
42  
2A  
RS232  
supply  
21B  
75B  
24  
41A  
66B  
J43-9  
405  
405  
J4-5  
GND (e)  
41  
7
12  
H
+20 (c)  
438  
432  
G
J43-8  
J43-2  
J10A,  
J10B  
1
F
I
41B  
N
CHOPPER  
GND (c)  
+20 (d)  
M
J
E
POWER  
SUPPLY  
K
L
J43-7  
J43-1  
D
P55-1  
551  
438  
431  
A
B
GND (d)  
431  
C
P55-2  
552  
24 / 42 Volt Amphenol  
(top amphenol on  
back of machine)  
2
P55-3  
P55-4  
76  
77  
76B  
77B  
2B  
FLEX  
CIRCUIT  
41B  
4B  
FLEX  
CIRCUIT  
CONNECTOR CAVITY NUMBERING SEQUENCE  
(VIEWED FROM COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD)  
4
F
LOCAL CONTROL  
2
FLEX  
CIRCUIT  
FLEX  
CIRCUIT  
E
D
A
B
115 Volt Amphenol  
(bottom amphenol  
on back of machine)  
(+)15 VOLT SPI  
(+)5 VOLT SPI  
/SS  
J3-1  
J3-2  
J3-3  
J3-4  
J3-5  
J3-6  
J3-7  
J3-8  
J3-9  
21  
75B  
C
75  
75A  
CS1  
CS2  
CS3  
6 Pin Ampehnol  
H
G
M
F
I
(front of machine)  
N
MISO  
31  
32  
J
E
K
L
SCK  
D
A
B
77A  
76A  
C
MOSI  
CC - STICK 7018  
CC - STICK 6010  
TIG GTAW  
J3-10  
GROUND SPI  
2B  
2A 4B  
CV - WIRE  
4A  
NOTES :  
LOCAL /  
REMOTE  
CONTROL  
WELD  
REMOTE  
REMOTE  
CV - FLUX CORE  
TERMINALS  
N.A. PC BOARD COMPONENTS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE  
AMPS  
VOLTS  
ON / OFF  
ONLY. ALL COMPONENTS ARE NOT SHOWN.  
LOCAL  
ON  
AMPHENOLS VIEWED FROM FRONT (OUTSIDE OF MACHINE)  
HOT  
START  
ARC  
CONTROL  
554  
MODE SELECT  
STATUS PANEL  
DISPLAY PANEL  
GAS SOLENOID  
(option)  
+10 Volts  
MODE SELECT PANEL  
ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537  
REMOTE BOARD  
553  
graphical representation  
of potentiometer connection  
6-2-2000A  
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.  
ENHANCED  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
G-4  
G-4  
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS  
SCHEMATIC - CONTROL PC BOARD #1  
475  
+15V  
+5V  
3
BAV70LT1  
D89  
2
R16  
J7  
3
475  
R9  
6
+5V  
J7  
+5V  
1
MISCR0 42  
2
1
Q1  
2
74AC573  
X24  
MMBT4401  
11  
1
DATA[0:15]  
19 DATA0  
18 DATA1  
17 DATA2  
16 DATA6  
15 DATA7  
14 DATA11  
13 DATA3  
12 DATA8  
(4)  
R18  
C94 C107  
475  
LE  
OE'  
D 2 4  
84  
25  
/RES  
4.75K  
7
VDDSYN  
VDDE  
C15  
C105 C93 C109 C106  
J7  
J7  
J7  
J7  
1 8 V  
1R01.07K0  
38  
10.0K  
R261  
VSTDBY  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
W 1 . 5  
1uF  
35V  
1uF  
35V  
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
X21  
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
1
1
11  
26  
2
B 5 M 9 S 3 1 1  
VSSE  
X21  
11  
R10  
R171  
11  
100pF  
0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF  
475  
C95  
1
X21  
11  
1
1
1
1
15  
14  
Q15  
MC68332  
X21  
MMBT4403  
C99  
MMBT4401  
1
3
1.00K  
X21  
11  
11  
0.1uF  
3
NOISE_GND  
R14  
X21  
R19  
1
1
475  
D
+5V  
VPP  
5
X21  
11  
J7  
0.1uF  
Q4  
2
+15V  
475  
X21  
R43  
R172  
MISC1  
D 2 9  
10.0K  
(4)  
R17  
475  
D
D
1 8 V  
R8  
R90  
1
2
4.75K  
C18  
CAP1  
7 4 A C 1 4  
V A 7 0 B L T 1  
D 8 4  
W 1 . 5  
22.1K  
C119 C110 C120 C108  
10.0K  
R260  
X10  
(2,4)  
B 5 M 9 S 3 1 1  
9
8
+5V  
D
1.00K  
16  
8
D 9  
J6  
J6  
100pF  
C44  
0.1uF  
0.1uF  
3
22uF  
20V  
22uF  
20V  
+5V  
5 . 1 V  
W 1 / 2  
S Z M 5 M 2 3 1  
X25  
C111  
14  
13  
37  
4700pF  
WP' VPP  
RP' VCC  
C143  
330pF  
R 2 5 5  
3
+15V  
MMBT4401  
NOISE_GND  
3
/RES 12  
+5V  
1 K  
R 2 5 6  
R20  
BAV70LT1  
D90  
+15V  
0.1uF  
8
13  
16  
ADDR1 25  
ADDR2 24  
ADDR3 23  
ADDR4 22  
ADDR5 21  
ADDR6 20  
ADDR7 19  
ADDR8 18  
J7  
D
1
A0  
A1  
A2  
A3  
Q6  
NOISE_GND  
D
C12  
475  
2
1
THERMAL_RLE4D7  
MF-R050  
PTC  
1 K  
R81  
R88  
+5V  
D
(4)  
(4)  
2
D 3 1  
C13  
7
X10  
X30  
3
2
J4  
4.75K  
4.7uF  
35V  
11  
10  
3
4
A4  
29 DATA0  
31 DATA1  
33 DATA2  
35 DATA3  
38 DATA4  
40 DATA5  
42 DATA6  
44 DATA7  
30 DATA8  
32 DATA9  
34 DATA10  
36 DATA11  
39 DATA12  
41 DATA13  
43 DATA14  
45 DATA15  
1 8 V  
C25  
475  
X3  
VS1  
7 4 A C 1 4  
7 4 A C 1 4  
D0  
475  
10.0K  
R259  
A5  
W 1 . 5  
1
Q19  
1
8
6
7
4
5
3
2
C43  
D1  
D 4 4  
R179  
120uF  
50V  
A6  
B 5 M 9 S 3 1 1  
R87  
D2  
100pF  
5 . 1 V  
1 / 2 W  
VS2  
OUTPUT1  
OUTPUT2  
GND1  
3.32K  
3
A7  
NOISE_GND  
10.0K  
2
X23  
ADDR9  
ADDR10  
ADDR11  
ADDR12  
ADDR13  
ADDR14  
ADDR15  
ADDR16  
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
D3  
7
6
820pF  
A8  
C104  
J6  
J6  
VDD  
D4  
S Z M 5 M 2 3 1  
1
1
A9  
RES'  
VSS  
3
Q20  
2
D5  
C122  
C135 C14  
MMBT4401  
3
2
A10  
D6  
NOISE_GND  
MMBT4401  
S80746AN  
4.6V/2%  
R15  
GND2  
1uF  
35V  
A11  
D7  
D
1
Q5  
NC  
A12  
D8  
J7  
0.1uF  
1uF  
0.1uF  
D
14  
15  
J6  
J6  
INPUT  
PWRDN_INT  
/RES  
A13  
D9  
475  
R46  
A14  
D10  
A15  
D11  
A16  
D12  
A17  
D13  
A18  
D14  
STT_ON  
MIC4451BM  
R40475  
+5V  
D
D
ADDR17 48  
ADDR18 17  
ADDR19 16  
D 3 0  
A T B 5 4 S  
4.75K  
1
C22  
1
2
V A 7 0 B L T 1  
D 8 5  
1 8 V  
D 8 0  
10.0K  
R258  
W 1 . 5  
B 5 M 9 S 3 1 1  
/RES  
X2  
/CSB  
R/W  
26  
11  
28  
47  
100pF  
CE' D15  
NOISE_GND  
1
3
R/W  
+5V  
3
+5V  
VS1  
WE'  
46  
27  
(3)  
(2)  
8
GND1  
OE'  
VS2  
6
7
GND2  
MMBT4401  
3
2
OUTPUT1  
BYTE'  
3
NOISE_GND  
475  
OUTPUT2  
/RES  
X30  
BAV70LT1  
D91  
+5V  
TE28F800B5-B90  
4
11  
10  
7
6
5
10.0K  
R254  
D
J1  
J1  
J1  
J1  
J1  
J1  
1
GND1  
J7  
7 4 A C 1 4  
Q7  
5
C123 C136 C11  
GND2  
/BERR  
FREEZE  
/BKPT  
/DS  
R21  
3
R51  
2
1
X24  
NC  
2
D 3 2  
FAN_CONTROL  
2
INPUT  
CRYSTAL 85  
83  
87  
XFC  
(4)  
(4)  
0.1uF  
1uF  
0.1uF  
EXTAL  
XTAL  
1 8 V  
90 CLK  
CLKOUT  
A B T 5 4 S  
D 8 1  
4.75K  
W 1 . 5  
1
MIC4451BM  
C27  
1
2
(1,4)  
V A 7 0 B L T 1  
D 8 6  
10.0K  
R257  
13  
140 /CSB  
141 /CS0  
142 /CS1  
143 /CS2  
B 5 M 9 S 3 1 1  
/RES  
92  
CSBOOT'  
BR' /CS0'  
BG' /CS1'  
BGACK' /CS2'  
IPIPE' D/ SO  
RESET'  
HALT'  
93  
100pF  
/RES  
14  
15  
3
3
475  
R36  
TSC  
80  
TSC  
/BERR 94  
FREEZE 81  
/BKPT 79  
77  
/IPIPE  
/IFETCH  
R/W  
NOISE_GND  
BERR'  
2
+15V  
78  
FREEZE IFETCH' / DSI  
103  
D
D4  
D3  
BKPT/D' SCLK  
R/W  
9
2
R11  
R41  
J6  
/RES  
FPGA_RESET  
FPGA_DONE  
FPGA_RESET 114  
FPGA_DONE 113  
LEVEL_IN 112  
RMC 111  
NOISE_GND  
+5V  
X10  
X30  
LEVEL_IN  
DSACK/0P' E0  
DSACK/1P' E1  
AVEC/P' E2  
RMC/P' E3  
115  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
49  
50  
51  
52  
56  
57  
58  
60  
63  
64  
6
(4)  
(4)  
5
6
13  
12  
9
S1G  
S1G  
A0  
A1  
(3)  
J7  
ADDR1  
ADDR2  
ADDR3  
ADDR4  
ADDR5  
ADDR6  
ADDR7  
ADDR8  
ADDR9  
ADDR10  
ADDR11  
ADDR12  
ADDR13  
ADDR14  
ADDR15  
ADDR16  
ADDR17  
ADDR18  
ADDR19  
7 4 A C 1 4  
7 4 A C 1 4  
475  
475  
J6  
RMC  
/AS  
/DS  
A2  
(4)  
(4)  
(4)  
D 2 5  
/AS 106  
A3  
12  
2
3
J1  
J1  
AS'/PE4  
IRLR120N  
5 . 1 V  
/DS 110  
A4  
R187  
D 1 5  
DS'/PE5  
W 1 / 2  
BAV99  
D78  
SOFTST 105  
MN_CNT 104  
A5  
4
2
1
Q9  
26.7K  
SIZ0 /PE6  
SIZ1 /PE7  
1 6 V  
W 1 . 5  
B 5 M 9 S 3 1 0  
S Z M 5 M 2 3 1  
A6  
R84  
A7  
3
1
+15V  
OUTPUT_ON  
SYS_RESET  
OUTPUT_ON 102  
SYS_RESET 101  
PWRDN_INT 100  
A8  
10A,100V  
PF0/MODCLK  
PF1/ IRQ1'  
PF2/ IRQ2'  
PF3/ IRQ3'  
PF4/ IRQ4'  
PF5/ IRQ5'  
PF6/ IRQ6'  
PF7/ IRQ7'  
(4)  
475  
1
10  
A9  
J7  
D
(2,3,4)  
0V = NORMAR  
5V = FAULT  
A10  
A11  
A12  
A13  
A14  
A15  
A16  
A17  
A18  
NOISE_GND  
1.00k R136  
u F 0 . 1  
C 1 4 1  
3
FAULT_INT  
FPGA_INT  
INT_CAN  
99  
98  
97  
96  
95  
A T B 5 4 S  
D 8 3  
/RES  
R38  
R35  
FPGA_INT  
22.1K  
22.1K  
(4)  
(2)  
(4)  
NOISE_GND  
12  
INT_CAN  
FPGA_BAD  
FPGA_BAD  
CAPAOV  
CAPA_OV  
CAPA_UV  
2
13  
(4)INT_100  
J6  
+5V  
+5V  
13  
34  
33  
32  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
24  
23  
22  
21  
17  
16  
15  
14  
J6  
R 1 8 5  
1 0 . 0  
+5V  
T2CLK  
TPUCH0  
TPUCH1  
TPUCH2  
TPUCH3  
TPUCH4  
TPUCH5  
TPUCH6 PC0/CS3' /FC0  
TPUCH7 PC1/CS4' /FC1  
TPUCH8 PC2/CS5' /FC2  
TPUCH9  
TPUCH10  
TPUCH11  
TPUCH12  
TPUCH13  
TPUCH14  
TPUCH15  
2
R135  
FAULT  
SIGNAL  
TPU0  
TPU1  
TPU2  
TPU3  
TPU4  
TPU5  
TPU6  
CAPAUV  
IRLR120N  
K
D 1 8  
3
PC3/CS6' /A19  
PC4/CS7' /A20  
PC5/CS8' /A21  
PC6/CS9' /A22  
CS10' /A23  
J6  
2
1
7
DSP_RESET  
1 6 V  
Q10  
BAV99  
D79  
3
D 7  
D 5 1.00K  
(4)  
C113  
X27  
RED  
8 VPP_CTRL  
1 . 5 W  
B 5 M 9 S 3 1 0  
C67 C73 C68  
R85  
44  
43  
42  
27  
26  
25  
24  
21  
20  
19  
18  
5
11  
33  
ADDR1  
ADDR2  
ADDR3  
ADDR4  
ADDR5  
ADDR6  
ADDR7  
ADDR8  
ADDR9  
ADDR10  
ADDR11  
ADDR12  
ADDR13  
ADDR14  
ADDR15  
ADDR16  
ADDR17  
9
IACK  
A0 VCC1  
A1 VCC2  
A2  
C5  
C3  
LED7  
1
5 . 1 V  
5 . 1 V  
C70  
C71  
(3)  
(2)  
D
10 CAN_CS  
10A,100V  
0.1uF  
W 1 / 2  
S Z M 5 M 2 3 1  
W 1 / 2  
475  
1
3
0.1uF  
0.1uF  
0.1uF  
S Z M 5 M 2 3 1  
3
820pF  
820pF  
+5V  
A3  
D 8 2  
A B T 5 4 S  
820pF  
820pF  
4FPGA_CS  
128KX16  
7R51083  
0 . 1 u F  
C 1 4 2  
A4  
(3)  
/RES  
3
SRAM  
5
FUNCEN  
D
11  
D
D
D
A5  
(4)  
J6  
7
+5V  
A6  
DATA0  
139  
138  
137  
136  
133  
132  
131  
130  
127  
125  
124  
122  
119  
118  
117  
116  
DATA0  
DATA1  
DATA2  
DATA3  
DATA4  
DATA5  
DATA6  
DATA7  
DATA8  
DATA9  
D0  
8
+15V  
D
+5V  
K 0 1 0 .  
D0  
D1  
A7  
DATA1  
DATA2  
DATA3  
DATA4  
DATA5  
DATA6  
DATA7  
DATA8  
DATA9  
DATA10  
DATA11  
DATA12  
DATA13  
DATA14  
DATA15  
NOISE_GND  
D1  
2
9
A8  
+5V  
D2  
D3  
CAP0  
10  
13  
14  
15  
16  
29  
30  
31  
32  
35  
36  
37  
38  
D2  
A9  
X30  
(4)  
0V = NORMAR  
5V = FAULT  
1
2
D3  
A10  
D4  
7 4 A C 1 4  
3
8
R39  
R37  
J1  
D4  
A11  
D5  
4
NOISE_GND  
R174  
(4)  
22.1K  
22.1K  
D5  
A12  
D6  
3
X17  
J1  
J1  
J1  
J1  
D6  
A13  
D7  
R168  
2
R203  
MISO  
MOSI  
SCK  
SPI_CS0  
SPI_CS1  
SPI_CS2  
SPI_CS3  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
70  
71  
75  
76  
CAPB_OV  
43  
44  
1
CAPBOV  
CLK_8  
CLK  
SCK7  
CMP4  
PQS0/MISO  
PQS1/MOSI  
PQS2/SCK  
PQS3/PCS0/ SS'  
PQS4/PCS1  
PQS5/PCS2  
PQS6/PCS3  
PQS7/TXD  
RXD  
D7  
A14  
D8  
1
5
GCK1  
GCK2  
GCK3  
GTS1  
GTS2  
GSR  
(2)  
(1)  
(4)  
(4)  
J6  
9
D8  
A15  
D9  
(3,4)  
22  
1.00k  
22.1K  
11  
10  
9
D9  
A16  
(3,4)  
(4)  
TCK  
TMS  
TDI  
DATA10  
DATA11  
DATA12  
DATA13  
DATA14  
DATA15  
D10  
11  
10  
36  
34  
33  
D10  
D11  
D12  
D13  
D14  
D15  
R169  
ADDR[1:19]  
D11  
D12  
CAPBUV  
CAPB_UV  
(4)  
4
CPLD  
J6  
24  
/RES  
(4)  
6
TDO  
/CS2  
R/W  
/CS2  
/CS0  
/CS1  
D13  
D 6 1.00K  
D 8  
5 . 1 V  
W 1 / 2  
S Z M 5 M 2 3 1  
CE'  
(4)  
D
40  
41  
42  
39  
38  
37  
32  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
17  
41  
39  
40  
THERMOSTAT  
SSOUT  
MISO7  
RS232_TXD  
(2)  
RS232_RXD  
D14  
C69  
IO1A  
IO1B  
IO2B  
IO4B  
IO7B  
IO8B  
IO9B  
WE'  
C6  
C4  
(4)  
5 . 1 V  
W 1 / 2  
D15  
C72  
4700pF  
IO2A  
OE'  
(2)  
12  
34  
OVR_CUR  
FET_B  
CAPA_OV  
CAPA_UV  
FET_A  
RESET_RAMP  
STROBE_AD  
CAPB_UV  
CAPB_OV  
CLR_CAP  
CMP0  
IO4A  
LB' GND1  
UB' GND2  
(3)  
(3)  
S Z M 5 M 2 3 1  
MC68332PV  
2
3
5
820pF  
820pF  
IO6A  
(3)  
820pF  
+15V  
IO8A  
/CS0  
/CS1  
IS61C12816  
D
(4)  
(4)  
IO9A  
D
6
10  
1
J6  
J6  
IO10A  
IO11A  
IO12A  
IO13A  
IO14A  
IO15A  
IO16A  
IO17A  
IO10B  
IO11B  
IO12B  
IO13B  
IO14B  
IO15B  
IO16B  
IO17B  
BANK1  
(3)  
(4)  
(4)  
7
R32  
D
8
FILTER CAPACITOR VOLTAGE MONITORING NOISE_GND  
MN_CNT  
FAULT_INT  
PRI_OC  
PWRDN_INT  
MN_OUT  
CMP2  
2.21K R34  
12  
13  
14  
16  
18  
CRYSTAL  
OUTPUT_ON  
SOFTST  
R2  
D
DATA[0:15]  
2
(3)  
J5  
47.5  
1.00K  
(4)  
DISABLE_(4455)  
R33  
R99  
D 2  
SPI_LATCH7  
C2  
C74  
1
4
J5  
J5  
5 . 1 V  
W 1 / 2  
D 1 9  
10.0K  
10.0K  
K 0  
1 0 R . 2 4 2  
D 1 7  
V A 9 9 B  
S Z M 5 M 2 3 1  
1uF  
35V  
820pF  
C46  
5 . 1 V  
1 / 2 W  
S Z M 5 M 2 3 1  
1uF  
35V  
R3  
R100  
D
475K  
3
J5  
D
47.5  
NOISE_GND  
THERMOSTAT  
D
NOISE_GND  
SINGLE/THREE PHASE DETECT  
D
INT_1_3PH  
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.  
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE  
(4)  
"X" INFO.  
XM5626  
XA  
Chg. Sheet No.  
6-2-2000A  
DESIGN INFORMATION  
REFERENCE:  
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056  
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02  
EQUIPMENT TYPE:  
INVERTER WELDERS  
DRAWN BY: F.V.  
ENGINEER: T. KOOKEN  
APPROVED:  
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002  
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE  
SUBJECT:  
DIGITAL CONTROL SCHEMATIC  
12-15-99  
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE  
t
SUPERSEDING:  
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.  
SCALE:  
NONE  
DATE:  
DRAWING No.:  
3789-1D0/1  
G
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING  
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
G-5  
G-5  
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS  
SCHEMATIC - CONTROL PC BOARD #2  
+5V  
R163  
1.00K  
+15V  
+5V  
RS232_RXD  
RS232_TXD  
12  
X10  
(1)  
(1)  
J4  
3
4
7 4 A C 1 4  
+5V  
7 4 A C 1 4  
R1  
14  
14  
2
1
9
4
2.21K  
X10  
D 1 4  
1 8 V  
J4  
J4  
+5VRS232  
C1  
PW1  
X10  
74AC14  
PW2  
X30  
74AC14  
1 . 5 W  
LED1  
GREEN  
C42  
0.1uF  
C137  
0.1uF  
C88  
+5V  
1 3 9 5 B 1 S M  
4.7uF  
35V  
0.1uF  
+5VRS232  
R165  
475  
+5V  
7
7
C91  
4R71566  
R167  
1.00K  
2
8
7
6
5
10  
0.1uF  
J4  
R204  
10.0K  
2
R133  
X1612  
D
Q14  
MMBT4403  
9
1
X166  
R132  
TRAN  
NOISE_GND  
3
R
J2  
2
8
7
6
5
2
15  
R31  
1W200  
4
D
J2  
2.21K  
MC145407  
D 5 9  
3
D 1 6  
1 8 V  
W 1 . 5  
B 5 M 9 S 3 1 1  
1
1W200  
3
OCI1  
HCPL-0601  
D63 S1G  
Q13  
C9  
D 5 3  
MC145407  
MMBT4403  
1 8 V  
1 8 V  
LED2  
GREEN  
3
C64  
W 1 / 2  
W 1 / 2  
D
C89  
4.7uF  
35V  
3
OCI2  
T P 7  
S Z M 5 M 2 4 8 B T 1  
S Z M 5 M 2 4 8 B T 1  
MC79L05ABD  
1
GRS232  
HCPL-0601  
2
1
150pF  
I
O
D
4 . 7 u F  
3 5 V  
150pF  
D
11  
D58  
D52  
J4  
X4  
GRS232  
5
18V  
18V  
-5V  
1/2W  
1/2W  
D46  
-15V  
X16  
8
+5V  
1.5W  
MMSZ5248BT1  
GRS232  
MMSZ5248BT1  
A
13  
6.2V  
C16  
D
8
J4  
1SMB5920  
MC145407  
R89  
C65  
X16  
GRS232  
1.00K  
A
D 1 3  
11  
7
10  
C45  
+10VRS232  
D
C10  
6 . 2 V  
10uF  
16V  
LED5  
GREEN  
W 1 . 5  
MC145407  
+5VRS232  
1000uF  
35V  
B 5 M 9 S 2 1 0  
2018  
4.7uF  
35V  
X16  
2
C66  
C1+ C1-  
J2  
J2  
2
17  
19  
14  
C62  
GNDVDD  
R
X16  
+5VRS232  
GRS232  
4
10uF  
16V  
MC145407  
6
J4  
J4  
10uF  
16V  
VSS VCC  
C2+ C2-  
R131  
NOISE_GND  
+5SPI  
X16  
1.00K  
5
16  
1
3
D 1  
MC145407  
3
R
J4  
C61  
C92  
6 . 2 V  
1 . 5 W  
B 5 M 9 S 2 1 0  
C63  
R82  
-10VRS232  
MC145407  
LED6  
GREEN  
GRS232  
1.00K  
0.1uF  
4.7uF  
D 1 2  
6 . 2 V  
10uF  
35V  
C39  
5
16V  
LED3  
GREEN  
W 1 . 5  
B 5 M 9 S 2 1 0  
4.7uF  
35V  
1
FULL DUPLEX RS232 COMMUNICATION LINK  
GRS232  
+15SPI  
GSPI  
2
1
J4  
J4  
R134  
+15v  
2.21K  
D 4 3  
+5CAN  
C40  
1 6 V  
W 1 . 5  
B 5 M 9 S 3 1 0  
+5V  
+5CAN  
LED4  
R13  
GREEN  
GSPI  
4
3
2.21K  
J11  
4.7uF  
35V  
D 6 0  
C117  
R177  
C102 C101  
6 . 2 V  
W 1 . 5  
B 5 M 9 S 2 1 0  
R193  
4R71595  
4
1.00K  
J7  
1.00K  
0.1uF  
0.1uF  
LED10  
4.7uF  
LED8  
+5V  
RED  
35V  
2
3
+5V  
6
5
7
8
D
2
GREEN  
CONTROL BOARD  
1
Q17  
3
2
D 2 7  
J11  
J11  
VOLTAGE SUPPLIES  
S1G  
D71  
MMBT4403  
C115  
1 8 V  
3
GCAN  
1 . 5 W  
B 5 M 9 S 3 1 1  
+5CAN  
2QN73002  
STATUS+  
1
OCI4  
0.1uF  
HCPL-0601  
S1G  
D
GCAN  
R198  
+5CAN  
R190 R192  
D73  
D
150  
4.75K 4.75K  
X28  
1
5
25  
TX1  
21  
+5CAN  
VCC  
2
C121  
ALE/AS  
RD*/E  
RX1  
22  
RXA  
TXA  
6
NOISE_GND  
RX0  
26  
R197  
44  
30  
24  
9
+5V  
BUSS_L  
MODE0  
MODE1  
INT*  
TX0  
12  
0.1uF  
221  
CAN  
C103  
P2.5  
13  
+15v  
INT_CAN  
P2.4  
14  
(1)  
X29  
RO VCC  
DSACK0*  
RESET*  
CS*  
P2.3  
15  
1
STATUS LED  
CIRCUITRY  
0.1uF  
J11  
SYS_RESET  
CAN_CS  
29  
8
1
3
4
2
8
6
7
5
GCAN  
R52  
R194  
R191  
P2.2  
16  
(1)  
R178  
475  
10.0K  
R196  
BUSS_H  
3
P2.1  
(1)  
J8  
J8  
1.00K  
R12  
10  
11  
4
17  
OE  
DI  
A
B
150  
WRH*/P2.7  
INT*/P2.6  
AD0  
P2.0  
2.21K  
100  
ADDR[1:18]  
27 CLK_8  
GCAN  
6
4
CLKOUT  
(1,4)  
-15V  
ADDR1  
28  
7
RDY/MISO  
R/W*  
2
3
ADDR2  
ADDR3  
ADDR4  
ADDR5  
ADDR6  
ADDR7  
ADDR8  
3
2
R/W  
RE* GND  
MAX485  
TRANSCEIVER  
8
7
J7  
AD1  
2
38  
37  
36  
35  
34  
33  
32  
31  
23  
DATA8  
GCAN  
AD2  
P1.0/AD8  
P1.1/AD9  
43  
42  
41  
40  
39  
18  
19  
20  
DATA9  
1
D 6 2  
D 6 1  
LED9  
GREEN  
AD3  
Q16  
DATA10  
DATA11  
DATA12  
DATA13  
DATA14  
DATA15  
6 . 2 V  
6 . 2 V  
+5V  
AD4/MOSI P1.2/AD10  
MMBT4403  
3
W 1 . 5  
W 1 . 5  
+15V  
AD5  
P1.3/AD11  
GCAN  
R30  
B 5 M 9 S 2 1 0  
B 5 M 9 S 2 1 0  
AD6/SCLK P1.4/AD12  
3
5
OCI3  
HCPL-0601  
2
8
AD7  
P1.5/AD13  
P1.6/AD14  
P1.7/AD15  
VSS1  
J8  
J8  
3
2
D 2 6  
S1G  
D72  
XTAL1  
XTAL2  
VSS2  
100  
GCAN  
C116  
B 5 M 9 S 2 1 9  
1 8 V  
D 1 1  
D
GCAN  
W 1 . 5  
1 5 V  
1 . 5 W  
2QN72002  
1 5 V  
W 1 . 5  
STATUS-  
1
DATA[0:15]  
B 5 M 9 S 3 1 1  
C134  
0.1uF  
C133  
0.1uF  
AN82527  
D 1 0  
Y 1  
D
D
ISOLATION BARRRIER  
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUITRY  
B 5 M 9 S 2 1 9  
22pF  
0 0 M 1 h 6 z .  
S1G  
D74  
C118  
6
7
J8  
J8  
22pF  
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUITRY  
NOISE_GND  
D
NOISE_GND  
D
A
GSPI  
GROUND  
TIE POINT  
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.  
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE  
"X" INFO.  
XM5626  
XA  
Chg. Sheet No.  
6-2-2000A  
DESIGN INFORMATION  
REFERENCE:  
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056  
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02  
EQUIPMENT TYPE:  
INVERTER WELDERS  
DIGITAL CONTROL SCHEMATIC  
DRAWN BY: F.V.  
ENGINEER: T. KOOKEN  
APPROVED:  
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002  
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE  
SUBJECT:  
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE  
t
SUPERSEDING:  
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.  
12-15-99  
SCALE:  
NONE  
DATE:  
DRAWING No.:  
3789-1D0/2  
G
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING  
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
G-6  
G-6  
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS  
SCHEMATIC - CONTROL PC BOARD #3  
+15V  
+5VA  
E1  
+2.5V  
+5V  
D99  
2
R144  
TP1  
R110  
J10A  
1
MURS320T3  
MURS320T3  
C54  
C80  
C49  
C50  
1.00K  
4
X20-190  
47.5K  
+5V  
R111  
8
R143  
0.1uF  
0.1uF  
D100  
22uF  
20V  
22uF  
20V  
100K  
+15V  
4
+
C 8 2  
u F 0 . 1  
MC33074AD  
+5VA  
2
11  
1.00K  
C85  
Q12  
1N5358B  
DZ4  
R103  
A
A
D
MMBT4401  
R146  
3
2
AD_DATA[0:13]  
13  
12  
A
10.0K  
+-X20  
0.1uF  
(4)  
14  
R142  
RESET_RAMP  
1
0.022uF  
C86  
+5VA  
+5VA  
R216  
3 3 B 1 N 5 3  
X19  
(1)  
10.0K  
-15V  
24  
19  
15 AD_DATA0  
14 AD_DATA1  
13 AD_DATA2  
12 AD_DATA3  
11 AD_DATA4  
10 AD_DATA5  
MC33074AD  
C 8 3  
4
VDD  
DB0  
DB1  
1
4.75K  
X6  
11  
A
J10A  
100K  
VREF  
SCK  
14  
16  
21  
1
u F 0 . 1  
STROBE_AD8  
AD_CS 21  
CLK  
VDD  
(1)  
(1)  
(3)  
C52  
3
CONVST' DB2  
(1)  
(4)  
C140  
0.1uF  
1.00K  
R231  
SYS_RESET  
POT_CS  
15  
11  
10  
12  
13  
DZ1  
X32  
RS' AGND1  
CS' AGND2  
SHDNA'GND3  
SDI AGND4  
SDO DGND  
CS'  
RD'  
A0  
VA1  
VB1  
VA2  
VB2  
DB3  
DB4  
DB5  
DB6  
DB7  
DB8  
DB9  
22  
20  
T +P 24 .5V  
17  
5
A
A
0.1uF  
+5VA  
1
-15V  
A
MOSI  
V_AD  
I_AD  
25  
26  
18  
17  
27  
16  
7
9
6
5
4
3
2
1
AD_DATA6  
AD_DATA7  
AD_DATA8  
AD_DATA9  
AD_DATA10  
AD_DATA11  
AD_DATA12  
(1)  
9
3 3 B 1 N 5 3  
47.5K  
R230  
A
1
R213  
AD8403ARU10  
A D 8 4 0 3 A R U 1 0  
J10B  
A
A
D
1.00K  
A/D CONVERSION  
X32  
S1G D75  
AGND1 DB10  
AGND2 DB11  
DGND DB12  
BUSY DB13  
1 N 5 3 5 8 B  
DZ2  
14  
15  
11  
10  
12  
13  
16  
21  
1
24  
22  
X 3  
CLK  
VDD  
D Z 3  
D 6 9  
SAWTOOTH GENERATOR  
RS' AGND1  
CS' AGND2  
SHDNA'GND3  
SDI AGND4  
SDO DGND  
C129  
23  
28 AD_DATA13  
5 . 1 V  
0.1uF  
17  
5
W 1 / 2  
AD7863ARS-2  
A
D
2
23  
U R M S 3 2 0 T 3  
S Z M 5 M 2 3 1  
9
D 9 8  
R 1 0 8  
AD8403ARU10  
+15V  
+5VA  
I_AD  
12  
R106  
MURS320T3  
J7  
+5V  
D
2
J10B  
X12  
1 0 0 K  
PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE  
D33  
+2.5V  
100K  
AD_DATA0 15  
AD_DATA1 14  
AD_DATA2 13  
AD_DATA3 12  
AD_DATA4 11  
AD_DATA5 10  
18  
V_AD  
11  
D101  
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
D8  
D9  
D10  
D11  
VDD  
C51  
J7  
+15V  
+2.5V  
R57  
R55  
R217  
+15V  
R45  
1
20  
1
0.1uF  
47.5K  
100K  
10.0K  
I_FLOW_STT  
RFB  
IOUT1  
VREF  
4
2
3
R102  
-X20  
+2.5V  
TP2  
+5VA  
1
221  
C19  
-15V  
R214  
BAV99  
R65 33.2K  
AD_DATA6  
AD_DATA7  
AD_DATA8  
AD_DATA9  
AD_DATA10  
AD_DATA11  
9
8
7
6
5
4
19  
VDREF  
3
MMQBT148401  
R53  
(4)  
+
11  
/RES  
221  
47.5K  
R54 1.00K  
3
2
11  
10.0K  
+-X20  
C26  
(1)  
1.00K  
820pF  
DGND  
AGND  
R241  
5
6
1
R58  
MC33074AD  
10.0K  
7
+5VA  
5
R218  
J8  
16  
17  
-15V  
150pF  
CS'  
4
C128  
2
1.00K  
WR'  
AD7945BRS  
22pF  
BAT54S  
A
A
D28  
+15V  
S1G  
D70  
INPUT FROM 2nd LEM  
A
D
R70  
R66  
2
3
DA_CS  
A
C28  
+
7
PRI_OC  
X7 V+  
(1)  
(4)  
R56  
121K  
8
A
6
AD8403ARU10  
2.21K  
R207  
1.00K  
C32  
R49  
V-  
0.1uF  
G
-
L
LT1016  
8
7
33.2K  
R63  
100K  
D
10pF  
100K  
+5VA  
A
A
R67  
+15V  
STT CURRENT FLOW  
4.75K  
X6  
TP3  
4
C124  
0.1uCF1A250.1uF  
13  
12  
R62  
R59  
R48  
1
R44  
-5V  
-
14  
2
+
I>56A = HI  
I<56A = LO  
7
8
OVR_CUR  
X8  
PRIMARY CURRENT SHUTDOWN 0.3 - 0.9A  
X5 V+  
(1)  
+
100  
221  
AA=5VA  
221  
100  
R109  
C17  
R71 1.00K  
1.00K R68  
MC33074AD  
V-  
3
G
-
11  
-15V  
L
LT1016  
A
+15V  
R107  
820pF  
2.67K  
4
MC33074AD  
7
BAT54S  
A
CURRENT LIMIT  
D34  
C21  
C23  
R 2 6  
10.0K  
6
5
-5V  
-
A
X8  
R22  
CURRENT NODE CONTROL, DISABLE THE  
FETS AS SOON AS PRIMARY CURRENT  
IS GREATER THAN A REFERENCE LEVEL  
0.1uF  
0.1uF  
K 5 4 7 .  
-15V  
+
10.0K  
+15V  
A D 8 4 0 3 A R U 1 0  
11  
R 2 3  
R 2 7  
A
X 6  
7
-
-15V  
A
1
+15V+5VA  
J8  
5 1 1  
K 5 4 7 .  
1
X13  
8
2
3
D
S
8
1
C7  
R113  
1.00K  
R112  
CURRENT TRANSDUCER  
SIGNAL IN  
4V = 500A OUTPUT  
R25  
6
SEL_I_ON  
6
IN2  
(4)  
X1  
2.21K  
R 2 4  
R 2 8  
0.022uF  
+
OP-27  
1.50K  
A
C8  
0.1uFC30  
5
4
7
3
+15V  
CURRENT TRANSDUCER  
INPUT = (-VOLTAGE)  
VL  
+15V  
4
5 1 1  
K 5 4 7 .  
V+  
0.1uF  
V-  
R691.00K  
A
GND  
R29  
R72  
A
4
MC33074AD  
MSEL0  
47.5K  
ADG417D1  
26.7K  
9
+5VA  
+5VA  
-15V  
D
-
R141  
(4)  
-15V  
I_AD  
MSEL1  
(4)  
+ X8  
Iout = -Vin*0.99mA  
R1276.81K  
10  
R 1 4 0  
D67  
8
475  
MSELEN  
S1G  
(4)  
J9  
11  
K 0 1 0 .  
5
6
R73  
BAT54S  
A
D47  
+STUP  
+15V  
CURRENT FEEDBACK  
INTEGRATOR  
+5VA  
1
IRF7103  
Q11  
1
4
1/2W_HV  
+15V  
X15  
3
100K  
MSEL0  
1
16  
2
14  
A0  
V+  
V-  
GND  
D 6 6  
V A 9 9 B  
2
4
MSEL1  
3
AD8403ARU10  
X6  
J9  
J9  
C550.1uF  
-15V  
MC33074AD  
A1  
0.27uF  
C34  
3
MSELEN  
15  
EN  
4
D68  
S1G  
BAT54S  
A
+15V  
D54  
13  
R122  
+-X14  
4
5
6
7
S1A  
S2A  
S3A  
S4A  
A
R75  
R79  
D
14  
R60  
2
67  
1/2W_HV  
R209  
R210  
4.75K  
R 2 0 8  
R128  
DA  
8
9
12  
X 6  
R 2 3 3  
3 3 . 2  
1.50K  
V_AD  
SECONDARY CURRENT SENSE  
3.32K  
11  
R 2 1 1  
1 M  
-15V  
A
K
100K  
100K  
CLR_CAP  
1.00k  
A
1 0 0 K  
2
X30  
X30  
(1)  
13 S1B  
12 S2B  
11 S3B  
10 S4B  
A
R123  
5
9
6
-STUP  
+15V  
7 4 A C 1 4  
C58  
3.32K  
3
5
6
DB  
C126  
330pF  
J9  
J9  
J9  
4
1/2W_HV  
4.75K  
4
0.1uF  
3
A D 8 4 0 3 A R U 1 0  
R114  
MC33074AD R138  
2
3
R206  
1.00K  
ADG409  
-
26.7K  
8
1
-15V  
A
C60  
C59  
+ X8  
7 4 A C 1 4  
+5VA  
A
475  
R 1 3 9  
K 0 1 0 .  
R77  
11  
R130  
A
21  
0.1uF  
A
0.1uF  
1
IDEAL VOLTAGE  
2/6/202.6,  
70V=0.9V  
S1G  
D64  
R124  
R125  
R12026.7K  
1/2W_HV  
C56  
-15V  
7
8
100K  
6.81K  
+15V  
3500 VOLTS  
A
R118  
D49  
100K  
150K  
3
+15V  
4
0.27uF  
Q11  
TP6 1  
ON CONNECTOR  
2
+15V  
4
BAV99  
2
A
1<GAIN<11  
IDEAL V_AD  
2.5V = 70 ArcVOLTS  
2
3
IRF7103  
+-X14  
1
1
4
1.50K  
1
S 1 G  
D 6 5  
9
+-X14  
R12110.0K  
MC33074AD  
7
8
6
5
R126  
R129  
3.32K  
-X14  
D 3 5  
5 . 1 V  
D 3 7  
D 4 1  
5 . 1 V  
W 1 / 2  
S Z M 5 M 2 3 1  
D 3 9  
10  
R115  
11  
D50  
BAV99  
2
3
5 . 1 V  
5 . 1 V  
- 1 5 V  
MC33074AD  
+
A
MC33074AD  
W 1 / 2  
S Z M 5 M 2 3 1  
1 / 2 W  
W 1 / 2  
1.00K  
C57  
0.1uF  
11  
11  
S Z M 5 M 2 3 1  
S Z M 5 M 2 3 1  
T P 5  
100K  
R 2 1 2  
1 M  
A
X31  
1
R117  
D
8
1
-15V  
-15V  
150K  
TURN_OFF_N6  
S Z M 5 M 2 3 1  
W 1 / 2  
D 3 6 5 . 1 V  
S Z M 5 M 2 3 1  
1 / 2 W  
S Z M 5 M 2 3 1  
W 1 / 2  
5 . 1 V D 4 2  
S Z M 5 M 2 3 1  
IN2  
W 1 / 2  
R119  
+5VA  
+15V  
S
R116  
475  
(4)  
A
5 . 1 V  
5 . 1 V  
D 4 0  
475  
5
4
7
3
D 3 8  
A
VL  
V+  
V-  
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.  
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE  
VOLTAGE FEEDBACK  
GND  
"X" INFO.  
XM5626  
XA  
Chg. Sheet No.  
6-2-2000A  
DESIGN INFORMATION  
REFERENCE:  
A
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056  
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02  
EQUIPMENT TYPE:  
A
ADG417D1  
INVERTER WELDERS  
DIGITAL CONTROL SCHEMATIC  
-15V  
D
DRAWN BY: F.V.  
ENGINEER: T. KOOKEN  
APPROVED:  
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002  
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE  
SUBJECT:  
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE  
t
SUPERSEDING:  
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.  
12-15-99  
SCALE:  
NONE  
DATE:  
DRAWING No.:  
3789-1D0/3  
G
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING  
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
G-7  
G-7  
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS  
SCHEMATIC - CONTROL PC BOARD #4  
+5V  
C81  
1uF  
35V  
(3)  
+5V  
D
9
10  
11  
12  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
35  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
91  
90  
89  
88  
83  
82  
81  
80  
109  
108  
107  
106  
105  
102  
101  
100  
99  
DSP_D0  
DSP_D1  
DSP_D2  
DSP_D3  
DSP_D4  
DSP_D5  
DSP_D6  
DSP_D7  
DSP_D8  
DSP_D9  
DSP_D10  
DSP_D11  
DSP_D12  
DSP_D13  
DSP_D14  
DSP_D15  
OUTPUT_ON  
V_AD  
C47  
C97  
C96 C98 C100  
D0  
ADCIN0/IO/PA0  
ADCIN1/IO/PA1  
ADCIN2  
(1)  
(3)  
D1  
D2  
0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF  
1uF  
35V  
1uF  
35V  
D3  
ADCIN3  
D4  
ADCIN4  
D5  
ADCIN5  
D6  
ADCIN6  
D
C79 C78 C77 C76 C75  
D7  
ADCIN7  
D8  
ADCIN8/IO/PA3  
ADCIN9/IO/PA2  
ADCIN10  
D9  
( 3 )  
0.1uF  
0.1uF  
0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF  
I_AD  
D10  
+5V  
D11  
ADCIN11  
D12  
ADCIN12  
D
D13  
ADCIN13  
+5V  
D14  
ADCIN14  
X22  
D15  
ADCIN15  
DSP_RESET  
R201  
10.0K  
TMS320F240  
RS  
TMRCLK/IOPB7  
TMDIR/IOPB6  
T3PWM/T3CMP/IOPB5  
T2PWM/T2CMP/IOPB4  
T1PWM/T1CMP/IOPB3  
PWM9/CMP9/IOBP2  
PWM8/CMP8/IOBP1  
PWM7/CMP7/IOPB0  
PWM6/CMP6  
PWM5/CMP5  
PWM4/CMP4  
PWM3/CMP3  
PWM2/CMP2  
PWM1/CMP1  
SCIRXD/IO  
(1)  
41  
DSP_RESET  
PORESET  
XTAL1/CLKIN  
XTAL2  
R173  
10.0K  
58  
CLK_8  
D
R221  
(1,2)  
57  
63  
10.0K  
1
2
156  
155  
154  
153  
152  
151  
150  
149  
120  
22  
GND1  
PGCK1  
IO3  
VCC156  
CCLK  
ADCSOC/IOPC0  
CLKOUT/IOPC1  
XF/IOPC2  
BIO/IOPC3  
CAP1/QEP1/IOPC4  
CAP2/QEP2/IOPC5  
CAP3/IOPC6  
CAP4/IOPC7  
DS  
64  
DSP_CLK  
SCK7  
D
DSP_CLK  
(1)  
65  
3
MISO  
SGCK4/DOUT  
DIN  
(1)  
(1)  
(1)  
(1)  
(1)  
(1)  
(1)  
66  
MISO7  
4
MOSI  
DSP_BIO  
STT_ON  
CMP4  
IO4  
(1)  
(2)  
67  
SPI_LATCH7  
5
SCK  
CAP0  
IO5  
IO152  
(1)  
(1)  
(1)  
(1)  
(1)  
68  
69  
98  
97  
AD_DATA1  
6
SPI_CS2  
SPI_CS3  
OUTPUT_ON  
DSP_MP  
DSP_DS  
DSP_PS  
DSP_READY  
CAP1  
TDI  
IO151  
(1)  
(1)  
(1)  
AD_DATA0  
DSP_A3  
7
FET_A  
TCK  
IO150  
70  
96  
32  
17  
15  
14  
12  
13  
11  
10  
16  
9
FET_B  
CMP2  
IO8  
IO149  
129  
95  
+5V  
DSP_D0  
DSP_D1  
DSP_D2  
DSP_DS  
IO9  
IO148  
131  
94  
DSP_PS  
CMP0  
IO10  
IO11  
NC12  
GND13  
IO14  
IO15  
TMS  
IO147  
PS  
36  
43  
44  
21  
DSP_READY  
IO146  
READY  
37  
119  
144  
143  
141  
142  
140  
139  
138  
137  
136  
135  
134  
133  
132  
131  
130  
129  
128  
113  
109  
127  
31  
DSP_MP  
IO145  
MP/MC  
SCITXD/IO  
R184  
42  
45  
NC144  
GND143  
IO142  
RESERVED  
WDDIST  
SPISTE/IO  
SPISIMO/IO  
4.75K  
50  
48  
DSP_D3  
DSP_D4  
VPP  
SPISOMI/IO  
(1)  
51  
49  
/CS0  
/CS1  
SOICLK/IO  
(1)  
(1)  
IO141  
DSP_D5  
IO17  
NC18  
IO19  
IO20  
IO21  
IO22  
IO23  
IO24  
GND25  
VCC26  
IO27  
IO28  
IO29  
IO30  
IO31  
IO32  
NC33  
IO34  
IO35  
IO36  
IO37  
GND38  
NC39  
IO40  
IO41  
IO42  
IO43  
IO44  
IO45  
IO46  
IO47  
IO48  
SGCK2  
NC1  
NC140  
IO139  
R251  
18  
8
DSP_D6  
DSP_D7  
DSP_WE  
DSP_REN  
DSP_A2  
X18  
IO138  
148  
20  
IO137  
IO136  
19  
BD ID=03  
IO135  
34  
D
D
IO134  
DSP_A1  
35  
IO133  
25  
+5V  
IO132  
26  
D
GND131  
VCC130  
IO129  
+5V  
DSP_A0  
DSP_D8  
DSP_D9  
DSP_D15  
DSP_D14  
DSP_D10  
36  
+5V  
147  
146  
123  
122  
145  
33  
124  
125  
126  
48  
AD_DATA13  
AD_DATA12  
TPU4  
TPU1  
CAP1  
DSP_A4  
DSP_A5  
DSP_A6  
IO128  
FPGA  
IO127  
IO126  
IO125  
(1)  
IO124  
DSP_D13  
DSP_D12  
30  
IO123  
29  
IO122  
PSW0  
PSW1  
PSW2  
PSW3  
PSW4  
PSW5  
PSW6  
PSW7  
DSP_D11  
121  
28  
NC121  
IO120  
AD_DATA11  
DSP_A7  
DSP_BIO  
D
+5V  
38  
117  
118  
27  
IO119  
39  
GND118  
IO117  
AD_DATA10  
AD_DATA9  
AD_DATA8  
AD_DATA7  
AD_DATA6  
AD_DATA5  
AD_DATA4  
AD_DATA3  
AD_DATA2  
47  
DSP_A13  
DSP_A14  
DSP_A15  
FUNCEN  
TPU6  
46  
24  
23  
IO116  
45  
IO115  
44  
116  
115  
114  
111  
112  
110  
108  
107  
106  
105  
IO114  
(1)  
43  
XILINX  
XCS20-3PQ208I  
IO113  
42  
TPU5  
IO112  
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
41  
NC111  
IO110  
40  
TPU3  
+5SPI +15SPI  
37  
TPU2  
3
3
3
3
3
IO109  
49  
CLK_8  
PGCK3  
IO107  
(2)  
(1)  
50  
TPU0  
+5V  
51  
FPGA_RESET  
R104  
GND51  
MODE  
PROGRAM'  
VCC  
1
1
1
1
1
1
52  
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
8
10.0K  
J3  
D
R137  
J3  
J3  
J3  
J3  
J3  
J3  
J3  
X33  
D
R262  
4.75k  
R120203  
R120204  
R120400  
R120206  
R120207  
R120208  
332  
R236332  
R236342  
R236352  
R236362  
R236372  
2
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
1
A1  
B1  
B2  
B3  
B4  
B5  
B6  
B7  
B8  
DIR  
74HC245  
3
4
A2  
+5V  
A3  
D
+5V  
5
6
A4  
R253  
10.0K  
C48  
A5  
7
8
A6  
0.1uF  
+5V  
A7  
X11  
EE_CS  
MISO3  
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
+5V  
9
CS'  
VCC  
D
A8  
SO HOLD'  
SCK3  
MOSI_B  
10  
19  
WP'  
SCK  
SI  
GND  
GND  
20  
+5V  
+5V  
ENABLEVCC  
C131 0.1uF  
AT25128  
D
R229  
10.0K  
R182  
4.75k  
+5V  
D
D
R222  
7 4 A C 1 4  
4.75k  
D
R86  
R83  
12  
13  
X10  
475  
5 D. 1 V 45  
475  
7
C130  
J3  
J3  
W 1 / 2  
S Z M 5 M 2 3 1  
10  
GSPI  
22pF  
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.  
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE  
"X" INFO.  
XM5626  
XA  
Chg. Sheet No.  
6-2-2000A  
DESIGN INFORMATION  
REFERENCE:  
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056  
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02  
EQUIPMENT TYPE:  
INVERTER WELDERS  
DIGITAL CONTROL SCHEMATIC  
DRAWN BY: F.V.  
ENGINEER: T. KOOKEN  
APPROVED:  
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002  
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE  
SUBJECT:  
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE  
t
SUPERSEDING:  
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.  
12-15-99  
SCALE:  
NONE  
DATE:  
DRAWING No.:  
3789-1D0/4  
G
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING  
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
G-8  
G-8  
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS  
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-CONTROL  
ITEM  
51  
52  
53  
54  
S25001-3321SMT  
S25001-2212SMT  
S25001-47R5SMT  
S25001-4753SMT  
4
6
2
1
SRES,3.32K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP(AM2  
SRES,22.1K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP  
SRES,47.5,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP  
SRES,475K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP  
R123 R128 R129 R179  
R37 R38 R35 R203 R8 R39  
REFERENCE-DESIGNATOR  
PART NO.  
L11088-D  
M19436-1  
S8053-80  
E2527  
E3539  
S24803-1  
S24804-2  
REQ'D  
DESCRIPTION  
DIGITAL CONTROL P.C. BD. BLANK  
POTTING TRAY  
SELF TAPPING SCREW  
EPOXY ENCAPSULATION RESIN  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
1
2
R3 R2  
R100  
9
9
N.J.  
N.J.  
R55 R111 R49 R108 R115 R124 R142 R208  
55  
S25001-1003SMT  
10  
SRES,100K,1206,1%,1/8W,200PPM,  
5.0 oz.  
R207 R106  
R70  
R63 R65 R233  
R62 R44 R52 R30  
R59 R48 R102 R197 R45  
R109  
R117 R125  
R127 R130  
R196 R198  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
0.1 oz. ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND  
1
1
S25001-1213SMT  
S25001-3322SMT  
S25001-1000SMT  
S25001-2210SMT  
S25001-2671SMT  
S25001-1502SMT  
S25001-6811SMT  
S25001-1500SMT  
1
3
4
5
1
2
2
2
SRES,121K,1206,MF,1%,1/4W  
SRES,33.2K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP  
SRES,100,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP  
SRES,221,1206,1%,1/8W,NP  
SRES,2.67K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP  
SRES,150K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP  
SRES,6.81K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP  
SRES,150,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP  
FLASH SOFTWARE  
CPLD SOFTWARE  
9
S24671  
3
1
PLUG, KEYING PLUG  
BAR CODE LABEL  
10E3868-4  
FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRICAL DATABASE FOR COMPONENT  
N.B.  
SPECIFICATIONS  
R151 R154 R157 R160 R148 R161 R158 R155  
64  
S25006-10R0  
10  
SRES,10,  
R152 R149  
C138 C134 C133 C125 C55 C96 C98 C100 C28  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
70  
71  
72  
73  
S25050-2SMT  
S25051-6SMT  
S25050-1SMT  
S25051-4SMT  
S25051-7SMT  
S24020-4  
S24020-6  
S24020-2  
S18248-101  
S18248-16  
5
2
9
2
1
3
1
2
STRA,2N4403,SO23,TR,(500475),N  
STRA,IRLR120N,10A,100V,MOSFET,  
STRA,MMBT4401LT,NPN,SOT-23  
STRA,2N7002,TR,NP  
Q17 Q16 Q15 Q13 Q14  
C82 C14 C11 C83 C103 C121 C101 C117 C115  
C111 C113 C85 C90 C48 C93 C109 C120 C127  
C106 C95 C105 C73 C68 C8 C114 C108 C99  
C77 C76 C75 C84 C79 C67 C88 C80 C50 C78  
C23 C21 C91 C51 C92 C58 C57 C52 C60 C59  
C131 C123 C1  
3
Q9 Q10  
Q12 Q4 Q7 Q5 Q6 Q1 Q18 Q19 Q20  
11  
S25020-3SMT  
68  
SCAP,0.1uF,0805,50V,X7R,10%,TR  
Q3 Q2  
Q11  
J5 J11 J2  
J9  
J10A J10B  
J3  
J1  
SICS,IRF7103,NP  
CON,4P,TIN,MINI,NP  
CON,6P,TIN,MINI,NP  
CON,2P,TIN,MINI,NP  
P,CMOINNI,N10P  
CON,16P,MINI,NP  
CON,16P,TIN,MINI,NP  
10  
2
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
S14390-173  
S25020-2SMT  
S25020-10SMT  
S25020-5SMT  
S25020-18SMT  
S25020-13SMT  
S25020-4SMT  
S24833-1  
S25020-14SMT  
S25025-5SMT  
S25024-2SMT  
S25024-8SMT  
S25024-10SMT  
S13490-179  
2
2
2
4
1
7
11  
2
2
9
8
4
4
1
1
CAP,1uF,RA,63V,10%,NP  
SCAP,0.022uF,0805,50V,X7R,10%,  
SCAP,4700pF,0805,50V,X7R,10%  
SCAP,22pF,0805,50V,COG,5%,TR,N  
SCAP,10pF,CER,0805,100V,5%  
SCAP,150pF,0805,100V,COG,5%,TR,  
SCAP,820pF,0805,50V,COG,5%,TR,  
CAP,0.27uF,MF,50V,5mm,5%,TR,NP  
SCAP,330pF,100V  
SCAP,4.7uF,7343,35V,10%,TR,NP  
SCAP,1uF,TAN,3528,35V,TR,NP  
SCAP,10uF,TAN,6032,TR,NP  
SCAP,22uF,TAN,7343,25V,10%  
CAP,1000uF,ALU,35V,20%,NP  
SCAP,120MF,25V,20%,RADIAL,AE  
C136 C135  
C86 C7  
C44 C69  
74  
75  
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
2
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
4
8
5
6
2
2
4
6
6
C118 C116 C128 C130  
C32  
C64 C89 C26 C35 C36 C38 C37  
C43 C4 C74 C3 C71 C19 C70 C5 C72 C6 C17  
C56 C34  
S24020-16  
J6 J7  
1
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
87  
88  
89  
90  
91  
92  
93  
94  
95  
96  
97  
98  
99  
100  
101  
102  
103  
104  
105  
106  
107  
108  
109  
110  
111  
112  
113  
S24020-12  
S24020-8  
CON,12P,TIN,MINI,NP  
CON,8P,TIN,MINI,NP (or TH600-265)  
SICS,MAX485ESA,NP  
J4  
J8  
X29  
X21  
N.D.  
S20353-4SMT  
S25065-2SMT  
S25070-7SMT  
S15000-28SMT  
S20353-5  
SICS,74ACT573,OCTAL,TRANS.,LAT  
SICS,TMS320F240PQA,NP  
SICS,HCPL-0601,OPTOCOUPLER  
SICS,AN82527  
SXTL,16MHZ,HC40,20PF,NP  
SICS,MC145407,RECEIVER/DRVR,RS  
SICS,ADG417,SPST,CMOS,SWT,SO8  
74HC245, NEW PACKAGE  
SICS,OP-27G,OPAMP,SO8,TR,NP  
SICS,MC33074,QUAD,OPAMP,SO14,T  
SICS,28F800B5-90,FLASH RO,90n  
SICS,128Kx16,20nS,TSOP  
SICS,MC68332  
N.A.  
C126 C143  
X22  
OCI1 OCI2 OCI3 OCI4  
C12 C102 C1 C9 C10 C39 C40 C16 C61  
C94 C97 C104 C107 C47 C81 C2 C46  
C66 C62 C65 C63  
X28  
Y1  
X16  
X13 X31  
X33  
X1  
X8 X14 X20  
X25  
X27  
X24  
X4  
X10 X30  
X6 X32  
X12  
X2 X3  
X15  
X17  
X11  
X5 X7  
S1  
X19  
X23  
X18  
S25082-1SMT  
S20353-1SMT  
S25067-3SMT  
S17900-1SMT  
S15128-13SMT  
S15128-18SMT  
S25069-3SMT  
S25069-4SMT  
M15101-14SMT  
S25068-8SM  
S25065-3SMT  
S25057-3SMT  
M15105-9SMT  
S15018-21SMT  
S25067-2SMT  
S25070-3SMT  
S25069-2SMT  
S15128-21SMT  
S19869-8  
S25066-2SMT  
S25068-7SMT  
S25070-4SMT  
S20620-1003  
S25040-12SMT  
S25020-SMT  
S25000-1000SMT  
T12702-60  
C119 C110 C49 C54  
C45  
C13  
S13490-182  
D68 D67 D4 D3 D75 D63 D64 D65 D70 D72  
27  
S25040-2SMT  
S25046-1SMT  
13  
19  
SDIO,1A,400V,DO-214BA,GLS  
SDIO,MMSZ5231BT1,5.1V,NP  
D71 D73 D74  
(6.34)  
N.F.  
9
N.J.  
D25 D45 D44 D17 D9 D6 D2 D5 D7 D8 D35  
D36 D38 D37 D42 D41 D40 D39 D69  
D62 D61 D60 D13 D12 D1 D46  
D53 D52 D58 D59  
D18 D15 D43  
D27 D32 D26 D30 D31 D29 D24 D14 D16  
D10 D11  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
S25044-9SMT  
S25046-3SMT  
S25044-10SMT  
S25044-5SMT  
S25044-4SMT  
7
4
3
9
2
SDIO,1SMB5920BT3,6.2V,NP  
SDIO,MMSZ5248B,18V,ZENER,TR,NP  
SDIO,B5930,16V,1.5W,ZENER,TR,N  
SDIO,1SMB5931BT3,3W,18V,5%  
SDIO,B5929,15V,1.5W,ZENER,TR,N  
SICS,MC79L05ABD  
SICS,74VHC14,NP  
SICS,AD8403ARU10  
SICS,7945 (old package)  
ICS,MIC4451BM  
SICS,ADG409BR  
ICS,XC9536-15 VQ44  
D66 D50 D33 D49 D19 D78 D79 D102 D103  
D104 D105 D106 D107  
N.G.  
N.C.  
34  
35  
36  
S25040-5SMT  
S25049-4SMT  
S25080-2SMT  
13  
8
SDIO,BAV99LT1,SOT23,DUAL SWITC  
SDIO,BAT54S,DUAL,30V,200mA  
SLED,GRN,1206,TR,NP  
SICS,25128,SERIAL EEPR,NP  
SICS,LT1016,COMPARATOR  
SWT,78B08S,DIP,SPST,8P,NP  
SICS,AD7862,DUAL,12BIT,250kSPS  
SICS,4.6V,2%,VOLT. DETECTOR,SO  
SICS,XCS20,FPGA  
RES,100K,AX,5%,1/2W,HI VOLT,TR  
SDIO,MURS320T3,3A,200V,ULTRAFAS  
SCAP,100pF,0805,COG,100V,5%  
SRES,100,0805,1%,1/10W  
DIO,1N5358B  
D34 D54 D28 D47 D80 D81 D82 D83  
LED8 LED1 LED5 LED3 LED2 LED4 LED6  
LED9  
8
37  
38  
39  
40  
S25080-1SMT  
S25083-1SMT  
S25001-4752SMT  
S25001-2211SMT  
2
1
8
8
SLED,RED,1206,TR,NP  
SIND,FERRITEBEAD,TR,NP  
SRES,47.5K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP  
SRES,2.21K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP  
LED7 LED10  
E1  
R73 R79 R75 R77  
D51 D55 D56 D57 D98 D99 D100 D101  
C15, C18, C22, C25, C27  
R223, R224, R240, R226, R227, R228  
DZ3 DZ4  
DZ1 DZ2  
D76 D77 D114 D115  
R262 R263 R264 R265 R266 R267  
R230 R27 R28 R26 R53 R29 R110 R57  
R25 R13 R12 R32 R1 R31 R134 R66  
R171 R178 R177 R193 R231 R167 R61 R34 R89  
R82 R163 R135 R136 R169 R131 R112 R60 R56  
R126 R71 R54 R69 R68 R143 R144 R58 R206  
R213 R214 R90 R168 R255 R256  
R173 R191 R181 R164 R170 R172 R189 R186  
R180 R91 R92 R93 R94 R95 R96 R97 R98 R22  
R174 R201 R185 R104 R87 R33 R99 R260 R261  
R139 R140 R121 R200 R107 R199 R103 R221  
R229 R204 R242 R241 R216 R217 R218 R243  
R246 R244 R245 R247 R248 R249 R250 R251  
R252 R253 R2  
T12702-59  
DIO,1N5333B  
41  
S25001-1001SMT  
S25001-1002SMT  
33  
SRES,1K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR(9X0056  
S25049-2SMT  
S25001-3320SMT  
S25040-6SMT  
SDIO,MBRA130LT3,1A,30V,SCHOTKY  
SRES,332,1206,1%,1/4W  
SDIO,BAV70D84  
D85  
D86  
D91  
D89  
D90  
42  
57  
SRES,10K,MF,1206,1%,1/8W  
R195 R194 R41 R11 R83 R86 R166 R165 R21  
R15 R20 R88 R81 R14 R9 R17 R19 R10 R18  
R16 R141 R138 R119 R116 R85 R84 R40 R36  
43  
44  
S25001-4750SMT  
S25001-4751SMT  
28  
15  
SRES,475,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP  
R190 R192 R182 R184 R137 R146 R209 R210  
R222 R42 R43 R46 R47 R51 R67  
SRES,4.75K,1206,1%,1/8W,SM100-  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
S25003-2000SMT  
S25001-1501SMT  
S25001-7500SMT  
S25001-5110SMT  
S25001-1004SMT  
S25001-2672SMT  
2
7
1
2
2
4
SRES,200,2512,5%,1W,TR,NP  
SRES,1.5K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP  
SRES,750,1206,1%,1/8W,NP  
SRES,511,MF,1206,1%,1/8W,TR  
SRES,1M,1206,1%,1/8W,TR(9X0098  
SRES,26.7K,THK,1206,1%,1/8W,10  
R132 R133  
R113 R118 R122 R74 R76 R80 R78  
R183  
COMPONENT SIDE  
R24 R23  
R212 R211  
R187 R114 R120 R72  
V
(8.09)  
BUY AS  
L11088-1D0  
NOTES:  
N.E.  
CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY  
STATIC ELECTRICITY. LINCOLN ELECTRIC TO SEE E2454  
N.A.  
BEFORE HANDLING.  
N.B. SECURE P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY IN PLACE WITH (ITEM 3)  
PART NO.  
IDENTIFICATION CODE  
(2 PLACES).  
N.C. TOP OF THESE COMPONENTS MUST BE FREE OF POTTING  
MATERIAL.  
N.D. IDENTIFY COMPLETE ASSEMBLY WITH A PRINTED LABEL PER E3867.  
N.E. THERE ARE COMPONENTS ON BOTTOM SIDE OF P.C. BOARD.  
N.F. PROGRAM ITEM 89 WITH ITEM 6.  
ITEM 98  
ITEM 7.  
WITH  
N.G. PROGRAM  
(ITEM 9)  
N.J. PLACE CONNECTOR KEYING PLUG  
OVER HEADER PIN,  
IN LOCATION SHOWN. PLUG SHOULD BE INSERTED BELOW  
CONNECTOR TOP SURFACE.  
(ITEM 5)  
N.K. ALL CONNECTORS MUST BE GREASED WITH  
TO ENCAPSULATION.  
PRIOR  
E1911-E  
N.L. ENCAPSULATION PER  
TO A MINIMUM DEPTH, SUCH  
THAT ALL COMPONENT LEADS ARE COVERED.  
CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS  
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES  
RESISTANCE = OHMS  
BUY PER E3867  
TEST PER E3856-C  
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.  
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE  
Chg. Sheet No.  
6-2-2000A  
"X" INFO.  
XM5626  
XE-UF  
DESIGN INFORMATION  
REFERENCE:  
SUPERSEDING:  
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056  
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02  
EQUIPMENT TYPE:  
SUBJECT:  
INVERTER WELDERS  
CONTROL P.C. BOARD AS'BLY  
DRAWN BY: F.V.  
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002  
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE  
ENGINEER:  
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE  
t
T. O'DONNEL  
OTHER COMPONENT SIDE (BACKSIDE)  
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.  
4-6-99  
APPROVED:  
SCALE:  
DRAWING No.:  
NONE  
DATE:  
11088-1  
L
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING  
NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-  
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the  
machine.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
G-9  
G-9  
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS  
SCHEMATIC - POWER SUPPLY PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD  
+5V  
Machine Control Power Supply  
R50  
.13  
J42  
D18  
3
1
2
6A  
200V  
+
t
D4  
6A  
200V  
60V  
LED2  
10  
T1  
+5Volts, .750 Amp  
C43  
100  
10V  
C41  
100  
10V  
C39  
0.1  
50V  
T1  
C12  
.0015  
2000V  
33.2  
33.2  
10-55 VDC  
Operation  
332  
3
Vref  
1
R9  
10.0K  
10.0K  
10.0K  
11  
12  
D22  
10.0  
1.0A  
30V  
R60  
10.0  
D
S
+15Volts  
Q1  
21A  
G
R61  
10.0  
200V  
.750 Amp  
D24  
C13  
1
200V  
7
6
2
1
VCC  
OUT  
1
5
Vref  
1
J41  
J41  
8
4
5
J42  
D3  
1A  
600V  
VREF  
RT/CT  
GND  
VFB  
D19  
DZ8  
18V  
3W  
Vfb1  
OCI1  
CNY17-3  
2
4
X8  
1
DC Input (+)  
IN  
OUT  
COMP  
CS  
3A  
600V  
R10  
R5  
3
100K  
100K  
2
6
4
X5  
Vfb1  
ADJ  
9
+
t
7
D21  
1.0A  
30V  
C11  
33  
25V  
C14  
0.1  
50V  
C47  
1.0  
35V  
R55  
R52  
221K  
1.21K  
.33W  
T1  
1.82K  
T1  
OV1  
475  
Machine Control  
Shut Down  
Capacitor  
4
6
C45  
C7  
0.1  
50V  
C6  
4.7  
35V  
150p  
R39  
R12  
5.62K  
100V  
56.2K  
C8  
3W  
0.05  
820p  
50V  
C42  
R13  
C32  
2700p  
50V  
10p  
10.0K  
J41  
3
100V  
1
J41  
1
8
X1  
GND  
5
REF  
DC Input (-)  
TL431  
6
C44  
0.1  
50V  
C38  
4.7  
35V  
C40  
1.0  
35V  
-15Volts, .100Amp  
T1  
1.21K  
.33W  
5
6
J42  
J42  
8
ADJ  
J42  
2
IN  
OUT  
DZ1  
24V  
3W  
X9  
14  
D8  
1A  
600V  
gnd_mcps  
T2  
+5V  
Operation  
30-55 VDC  
1
D25  
1.00K  
Undervoltage  
Detect  
<30VDC  
C31  
.0015  
2000V  
D2  
1A  
D23  
1.0A  
30V  
5
4
1
600V  
OCI2  
CNY17-3  
D10  
X3  
D
Q2  
J42  
6
2
21A  
J43  
G
4
7
6
2
1
200V  
VCC  
OUT  
R32  
15.0  
6
S
IN  
OUT  
Vref 2  
8
4
5
VREF  
RT/CT  
GND  
VFB  
D9  
DZ2  
27V  
.5W  
C49  
.022  
R34  
221K  
1A  
DZ7  
18V  
3W  
COMP  
CS  
R31  
75K  
Vfb2  
600V  
ADJ  
3
3
R29  
C53  
.1  
X4  
C27  
C23  
1.0  
35V  
100K  
C25  
0.1  
50V  
OV2  
C24  
4.7  
35V  
C26  
1
200V  
1.21K  
.33W  
T2  
12  
150p  
100V  
D20  
1.0A  
30V  
C52  
150p  
DZ3  
27V  
.5W  
15Volts, .250Amps  
SPI  
gnd_mcps  
C2  
0.1  
50V  
C3  
4.7  
35V  
R38  
R28  
5.62K  
56.2K  
C4  
820p  
50V  
3W  
0.05  
Overvoltage  
Shutdown  
> 55 VDC  
C28  
249  
10p  
J43  
100V  
R40  
3
+
t
D16  
16A  
.13  
200V  
60V  
OV2  
OV1  
LED1  
2
+5Volts, 3 Amps  
SPI  
D14  
D17  
C37  
100  
10V  
C36  
100  
10V  
C35  
100  
10V  
C34  
0.1  
50V  
T2  
13  
150  
.33W  
150  
.33W  
150  
.33W  
D13  
Vref 2  
332  
DZ4  
3.3V  
3W  
C33  
4.7  
35V  
15  
J43  
D15  
X7  
5
IN  
OUT  
1A  
600V  
4
1
5
4
GND  
J43  
OCI3  
CNY17-3  
R17  
C5  
0.1  
50V  
C1  
4.7  
35V  
C30  
1.0  
35V  
+5Volts, .100 Amp  
CAN  
8
150  
.33W  
T2  
11  
+
t
D7  
2
6
1A  
.24  
Vfb2  
600V  
6
J43  
10  
+20Volts  
.200 Amps  
Gate Drive  
475K  
R21  
C21  
0.1  
50V  
C17  
4.7  
35V  
C18  
4.7  
35V  
T2  
9
2.49K  
.33W  
C46  
150p  
100V  
J43  
2
D12  
1.82K  
C16  
R22  
J43  
7
R24  
.24  
2700p  
50V  
10.0K  
J43  
4
D1  
+
t
D6  
X6  
1A  
1
IN  
OUT  
600V  
7
1A  
600V  
8
X2  
+20Volts  
.200 Amps  
Gate Drive  
5
GND  
REF  
TL431  
6
C22  
0.1  
50V  
C20  
4.7  
35V  
C19  
4.7  
35V  
T2  
8
C9  
0.1  
50V  
2.49K  
.33W  
C10  
4.7  
35V  
C29  
1.0  
35V  
+5Volts, .100 Amp  
RS232  
T2  
10  
150  
.33W  
J43  
11  
J43  
9
J43  
1
J43  
12  
FILENAME: G3631-2D0  
GENERAL INFORMATION  
ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537  
LAST NO. USED  
R-  
C-  
D-  
MFD  
CAPACITORS =  
RESISTORS Ohms  
DIODES 1A, 400V  
(
.022/50V  
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)  
NOTES :  
N.A. SINCE COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY ON  
LABELS  
=
(
1/4W UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)  
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)  
A
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD MAY CHANGE  
=
WITHOUT AFFECTING THE INTERCHANGEABILITY OF COMPLETE BOARD, THIS DIAGRAM MAY  
A
SUPPLY VOLTAGE NET  
NOT SHOW THE EXACT COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY OF CONTROLS HAVING  
NUMBER.  
A
COMMON CODE  
POWER SUPPLY SOURCE POINT  
COMMON CONNECTION  
FRAME CONNECTION  
EARTH GROUND CONNECTION  
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.  
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE  
"X" INFO.  
XM5626  
XB  
Chg. Sheet No.  
6-2-2000A  
DESIGN INFORMATION  
REFERENCE:  
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056  
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02  
EQUIPMENT TYPE:  
Digital Systems  
Digital Power Supply  
DRAWN BY: JP\TK  
ENGINEER:  
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002  
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE  
SUBJECT:  
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE  
t
SUPERSEDING:  
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.  
11-30-98  
APPROVED:  
SCALE:  
NONE  
DATE:  
DRAWING No.:  
3631  
G
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING  
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
G-10  
G-10  
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS  
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-POWER SUPPLY  
ITEM  
PART NUMBER  
REQ'D.  
DESCRIPTION  
REFERENCE  
DESIGNATOR  
1
2
3
4
5
G3632-D  
M19436-3  
S8025-80  
E2527  
1
1
2
POWER PC BOARD BLANK  
POTTING TRAY  
SELF TAPPING SCREW  
115g (4.1 oz) EPOXY ENCAPSULATIOG RESIN  
AS REQ'D ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND  
N.G.  
1
E2861  
2
3
FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT  
SPECIFICATIONS  
ITEM  
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
PART NUMBER  
N/A  
QTY.  
1
2
3
6
2
3
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
2
DESCRIPTION  
REFERENCE  
N/A  
R14 R20  
R12 R28 R45  
R4 R13 R22 R2 R27 R56  
R38 R39  
R5 R10 R29  
R41 R53  
R33  
R34 R52  
R11 R30  
R26  
PCB,MTP,DC POWER ASSY,NP  
SRES,1.82K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP  
SRES,5.62K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP  
SRES,10K,1206,1%,1/4W,(09X-007  
SRES,56.2K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP(500  
SRES,100K,TKF,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,  
SRES,330,1206,5%,1/4W  
SRES,249,1206,1%,1/4W,TR,NP  
SRES,221K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP  
SRES,0.05,1%,2W,TR,NP  
S25001-1821SMT  
S25001-5621SMT  
S25001-1002SMT  
S25001-5622SMT  
S25001-1003SMT  
S25001-3320SMT  
S25001-2490SMT  
S25001-2213SMT  
S25005-1SMT  
S25009-1001SMT  
S25001-33R2SMT  
S25001-4322SMT  
S25001-4422SMT  
SRES,1K,5%,2W,TR,NP  
SRES,33.2,1206,1%,1/4W,TR,NP  
SRES,43.2K,1206,1%,1/4W,TR,NP  
SRES,44.2K,1206,1%,1/4W,TR,NP  
R15 R16  
R18 R49  
R42 R51  
20S8245-10SMT  
1
SRES,THERMISTOR,POS  
TEMP,TR,NP  
R50  
R17 R24  
(3.64)  
21  
S25084-2SMT  
2
SRES,THERMISTOR,POS TEMP,TR,NP  
C1 C10 C17 C18 C19 C20 C24  
C33 C38 C3 C6  
C23 C29 C30 C40 C47  
C4 C8  
22  
23  
24  
25  
S25024-12SMT  
S25024-2SMT  
S25020-4SMT  
S25020-5SMT  
11  
5
2
SCAP,4.7uF,TAN,35V,20%,TR,NP  
SCAP,1uF,TAN,3528,35V,TR,NP  
SCAP,820pF,0805,50V,COG,5%,TR,  
SCAP,2700pF,0805,5OV,X7R,5%,TR  
2
C16 C42  
C2 C5 C7 C9 C14 C21 C22 C25  
C34 C39 C44 C53  
C28 C32  
26  
27  
28  
29  
S25020-3SMT  
S25020-18SMT  
S25026-1SMT  
S25026-2SMT  
12  
2
1
SCAP,0.1uF,0805,50V,X7R,10%,TR  
SCAP,10pF,CER,0805,100V,5%,TR,  
DR  
SCAP,33uF,TAN,7343,25V,10%,TR,LOW ESR C11  
5
SCAP,100uF,TAN,7343,10V,20%,TR  
C35 C36 C37 C41 C43  
N.A.  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
S25040-2SMT  
S25080-1SMT  
S25040-3SMT  
S25049-2SMT  
S25040-13SMT  
S25044-13SMT  
S25046-5SMT  
S25044-12SMT  
S25044-5SMT  
S25001-1502SMT  
S25001-6191SMT  
S25040-11SMT  
S15128-10SMT  
S25071-2SMT  
S15000-10  
7
2
2
4
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
8
2
2
3
2
1
1
2
1
SDIO,1A,400V,DO-214BA,GLS,NP  
SLED,RED,1206,TR,NP  
D10 D12 D13 D14 D17 D24 D25  
LED1 LED2  
D4 D18  
D20 D21 D22 D23  
D16  
DZ1  
DZ2 DZ3  
DZ4  
SDIO,MURD620CT,6A,200V,ULTRA-F  
SDIO,MBRA130LT3,1A,30V,SCHOTTK  
SDIO,MURB1620CT,16A,200V  
SDIO,1SMB5934BT3,24V,3W  
SDIO,MMSZ5254BT1,0.5W,27V,5%,T  
SDIO,1SMB5913BT3,3W,3.3V,5%,TR  
SDIO,1SMB5931BT3,3W,18V,5%,TR,  
SRES,15K,FXD,1206,1%,1/8W,TR  
SRES,6.19K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP  
SDIO,MURS160,1A,600V,FAST RECO  
SICS,TL4311D,LIN,V-REF,36V,-40  
SICS,PWM CONTROLLER,I-MODE,NP  
TRA,CNY17-3,NP  
HSS,MTP,VERT MOUNT,TO220,NP  
RES,THERMISTOR,PTC,POS TEMP,TR  
RES,THERMISTOR,NTC,NEG TEMP,NP  
CAP,1uF,PEMF,200V,10%,NP  
TFM,L-5763-3,FLYBACK,NP  
5764-3,FLYBACK,NP  
(6.14)  
DZ7 DZ8  
R1  
R3  
D1 D2 D3 D6 D7 D8 D9 D15  
X1 X2  
X4 X5  
OCI1 OCI2 OCI3  
Q1 Q2 HEATSINKS  
R40  
R55  
C13 C26  
N.A.  
S18104-5  
S18380-15  
S18380-16  
T11577-62  
S20375-9  
T1  
T2  
503S7250-10  
1
TFM,L-  
N.A.  
N.B.  
N.B.  
N.B.  
N.A.  
N.A.  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
70  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
T12704-93  
S24020-4  
S24020-6  
S24020-12  
N/A  
N/A  
S25040-8SMT  
S20500-4  
S25020-2SMT  
S25020-13SMT  
S25002-47R5SMT  
S25000-10R0SMT  
S25002-30R1SMT  
S25068-9SMT  
S15128-6SMT  
S25068-10SMT  
S25002-2491SMT  
S25002-1211SMT  
S25002-1500SMT  
S25001-4750SMT  
N/A  
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
4
4
3
2
1
1
1
2
3
5
1
2
1
2
0.002  
1
2
TRA,BUZ30A,NMF,21A,200V,T0220,  
CON,4P,TIN,MINI,NP  
CON,6P,TIN,MINI,NP  
CON,12P,TIN,MINI,NP  
SCREW  
WASHER  
SDIO,MURS360T3,NP  
CAP, 1500pF,2000V,MET POLYPROP  
SCAP,0.022uF,50v, X7R  
SCAP,150pF,0805,100V,COG,5%  
SRES,47.5,1210,5%,1/2W,TR,NP  
SRES,10,TKF,0805,1%,1/10W  
SRES,30.1,FXD,1210,5%,1/2W,TR  
STRA,78M15C,DPACK  
Q1 Q2  
J41  
J42  
J43  
N/A  
N/A  
D19  
C12 31  
C49  
C27 C45 C46 C52  
R6 R7 R57 R58  
R9 R60 R61  
R35 R36  
X3  
X8  
X9  
R19 R23  
R46 R48 R37  
R25 R44 R62 R63 R64  
R8  
X8 D16 HEATSINKS  
R21  
R43 R32  
Q1 Q2 HEATSINK COMP  
STRA,7815C,DPACK  
STRA,79M15C,DPACK  
SRES,2.49K,1210,5%,1/2W,T/R  
SRES,1.21K,1210,5%,1/2W,TR,NP  
SRES,150,1210,5%,1/2W,TR,NP  
SRES,475,1206  
SHSS,MTP,D2PACK,TO263  
SRES,475K,1206,1%,1/8W  
SRES,15,1206,1%,1/8W  
THERMALLOY THERMALCOTE 251  
SRES,75K,1206,1%  
SICS,78M05,DPAK,V-REG  
S25001-4753SMT  
S25001-15R0SMT  
E1868  
S25001-7502SMT  
S25068-1SMT  
N.A., N.F.  
R31  
X6 X7  
NOTES:  
N.A. SEE HEAT SINK MOUNTING DETAILS.  
N.F.  
N.E.  
N.B. ALL CONNECTORS MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 5 PRIOR  
TO ENCAPSULATION.  
51  
45  
55  
CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS  
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES  
RESISTANCE = OHMS  
V
N.C. ATTACH ITEM 1 TO ITEM 2 (2 PLACES) WITH ITEM 3  
(TOURQUE = 5.3 +/- .05 IN-LB). ITEM 1 SHOULD  
BE ALLIGNED SO THAT THE DISTANCE BETWEEN ITEM 1's  
CONNECTORS AND ITEM 2 IS AS LARGE AS POSSIBLE.  
N.D. ENCAPSULATION PER E1911-E TO A MINIMUM DEPTH SO  
ALLOF THE COMPONENTS LEADS ARE COVERED.  
N.E . TIGHTEN TO 6-8 in. lbs. WITHOUT APPLYING ANY PRESSURE  
TO PLASTIC CASE OF ITEM 51.  
BUY AS  
G3632-2D0  
IDENTIFICATION CODE  
PART NO.  
N.F . PLACE A HEAVY FILM OF ITEM 74 ON HEATSINK SURFACE-  
DO NOT GET ON THREADS.  
56  
N.G. PLACE BARCODED ASSEMBLY NUMBER IDENTIFICATION  
AND BARCODED SERIAL NUMBER IDENTIFICATION IN  
AREA SHOWN.  
BUY PER E3867  
HEATSINK MOUNTING DETAIL  
TEST PER E3856-P  
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.  
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE  
Chg. Sheet No.  
6-2-2000A  
"X" INFO.  
XM5626  
XA  
DESIGN INFORMATION  
REFERENCE:  
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056  
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02  
EQUIPMENT TYPE:  
SUBJECT:  
INVERTER WELDERS  
DIGITAL POWER PC BD. ASBLY.  
DRAWN BY: T.K. / F.V.  
ENGINEER: T. KOOKEN  
APPROVED:  
G3632-1C1  
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002  
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE  
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE  
t
SUPERSEDING:  
XB  
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.  
12-09-99  
SCALE:  
NONE  
DATE:  
DRAWING No.:  
3632-2  
G
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING  
NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-  
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the  
machine.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
G-11  
G-11  
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS  
SCHEMATIC - SWITCH PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD  
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
G-12  
G-12  
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS  
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-SWITCH  
ITEM  
REQ'D  
PART  
NO.IDENTIFICATION  
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
9
C1,C23  
C10,C11  
C2,C24  
C25,C26  
C3,C18  
C31,C32  
C4,C21  
C5,C6,C15,C16  
C7,C12,C13,C14,C20,C27,C28  
C29,C30  
S20500-4  
S13490-130  
S20500-7  
T11577-57  
S13490-93  
S16668-7  
S20500-1  
S16668-6  
S16668-5  
CAPACITOR,PPMF,.0047,1000V,BOX  
CAPACITOR,PCF,0.27,50V,5%  
CAPACITOR,PPMF,.047,1600V,BOX,10%  
CAPACITOR,PEF,0.1,400V,10%  
CAPACITOR,TAEL,27,35V,10%  
CAPACITOR,CEMO,820p,50V,5%  
CAPACITOR,PPMF,0.1,1000V,10%,BOX  
CAPACITOR,CEMO,4700p,50V,10%  
CAPACITOR,CEMO,.022, 50V,20%  
C8,C9,C22  
CR1,CR2  
D1,D4,D16,D17  
D7,D8,D9,D12,D14,D18,D19  
D20,D21  
3
2
4
9
S16668-9  
S14293-18  
T12705-59  
T12199-1  
CAPACITOR,CEMO,150p, 100V,5%  
RELAY,DPST,12VDC,AG-CDO  
DIODE,AXLDS,3A,600V,UFR  
DIODE,AXLDS,1A,400V  
DZ1,DZ2,DZ3,DZ5,DZ6,DZ15  
DZ16,DZ18,DZ19,DZ23  
DZ11,DZ22  
DZ4,DZ7,DZ17,DZ20  
DZ8  
DZ9,DZ10,DZ12,DZ13  
J20,J21  
J22  
10T1227-209  
ZENER  
DIODE,  
1W,15V,5%  
1N4744A  
N.E., N.F.  
R2  
R1  
R126  
R127  
J21  
2
4
1
4
2
1
3
1
1
4
1
T12702-4  
T12702-40  
T12702-19  
T12702-45  
S24016-8  
S24016-4  
S15000-22  
S15000-29  
T12704-75  
T12704-73  
T12704-69  
ZENER DIODE, 1W,20V,5% 1N4747A  
ZENER DIODE, 1W,6.2V,5% 1N4735A  
ZENER DIODE, 1W,12V,5% 1N4742A  
ZENER DIODE, 1W,18V,5% 1N4746A  
CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,RT-L,8-PIN  
CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,RT-L,4-PIN  
OPTOCOUPLER,PHOTO-Q,70V,CNY17-3/VDE  
OPTOCOUPLER,TRIAC,DRV,RANDOM,600V  
TRANSISTOR,NMF,T247,4A,900V(SS)  
MOSFET,4-PIN DIP,1A,100V,RFD110(SS)  
TRANSISTOR,PNP,TO226,0.5A, 40V,2N4403  
RESISTOR,WW,5W,3.3K,5%,SQ  
6
7
2
1
2
1
R122  
DZ22  
R83  
DZ11  
R123  
C22  
R37  
C9  
.275  
.285  
X1  
X4  
R .045  
∅
OCI3  
OCI1,OCI2,OCI3  
OCI4  
Q1  
C3  
C18  
MAX.  
R65  
OCI2  
.105  
CRIMP  
HEIGHT  
R135  
R72  
N.A.  
D21  
C32  
R39  
R38  
N.A. Q2,Q3,Q4,Q5  
5
NON-COMPONENT  
SIDE  
Q6  
X2  
R1,R2,R3,R4,R7,R8,R9,R1016 T14648-5  
R124,R125,R126,R127,R130  
R131,R132,R133  
R11,R12,R30,R31  
R13,R39,R43,R60,R81,R92  
R137  
R138  
R139  
R14,R107  
R140  
R15,R20,R21,R22,R27,R28  
R97,R98,R99,R100,R101,R106  
R29,R83,R122,R141  
R32,R33,R34,R48,R49,R50  
R51,R62,R63,R74,R75,R85  
R86,R87,R134,R135  
R35,R52,R73,R84  
R36,R37,R123  
R38,R40,R42,R45,R53,R59  
R66,R69,R70,R72,R80,R82  
R142,R143  
R15  
4
B203  
B207  
EYELET DETAIL  
R19  
C5  
C12  
R41  
R99  
4
6
1
1
1
2
1
S19400-1503 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,150K,1%  
R43  
D9  
R20  
R93  
C15  
S19400-3321 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,3.32K,1%  
S19400-3570 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,357,1%  
S19400-1500 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,150,1%  
S19400-4750 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,475,1%  
S19400-1652 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,16.5K,1%  
S19400-39R2 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,39.2,1%  
R78  
B218  
B211  
DZ9  
R97  
N.C.  
B213  
B217  
D1  
D16  
N.J.  
(8 PLACES)  
C31  
R35  
R60  
12 S19400-10R0 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,10.0,1%  
C1  
C23  
C13  
C20  
4
S19400-1000 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,100,1%  
R5  
R128  
DZ23  
R129  
16 S19400-1003 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,100K,1%  
DZ1  
R6  
X3  
C2  
C24  
4
3
S19400-6191 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,6.19K,1%  
S19400-2213 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,221K,1%  
R82  
R53  
14 S19400-1002 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,10.0K,1%  
B216  
B212  
R52  
B205  
B204  
R22  
R69  
R41,R67  
R44,R68  
R46,R76  
R47,R64  
R5,R6,R19,R26,R93,R105  
R109,R128,R129  
R55,R56,R57,R58  
R61,R77  
R65,R120  
R78,R79  
T1  
T2,T3  
TP1  
TRI1  
X1,X4  
X2,X3  
2
2
2
2
9
S19400-4752 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,47.5K ,1%  
T12300-79 RESISTOR,WW, 1W,1.0,1%  
S19400-3322 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,33.2K,1%  
S19400-2000 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,200,1%  
S19400-1001 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,1.00K,1%  
R70  
R26  
C6  
DZ13  
N.D.  
3
D4  
D17  
(16 PLACES)  
R106  
R27  
N.B., N.G., N.M.  
(5 PLACES)  
R105  
C16  
B206  
B202  
R101  
1
4
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
2
2
S24376-3  
RESISTOR,WW,10W,100,5%  
R133  
S19400-8251 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,8.25K,1%  
S19400-2001 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,2.00K,1%  
R130  
S16296-5  
S13000-46  
M19612  
T13640-24  
S15161-27  
TRIMMER,MT,1/2W,10K, 10%,LINEAR  
TRANSFORMER,PCB;  
CURRENT-TRANSDUCER,125-TURN  
MOV,175VRMS,120J,20MM  
TRIAC,T220,8A,800V  
R8  
R9  
MANUFACTURED AS:  
G3830-1B1  
R131  
R132  
N.K.  
(4 PLACES)  
R7  
R10  
N.K.  
TRI1  
(4 PLACES)  
S15128-10VOLTAGE  
REF,ADJ,  
PRECISION,431I  
R11  
S15128-18  
OP-AMP,QUAD, HIGH-PERF,33074  
J22  
IDENTIFICATION CODE  
B209  
T1  
R138  
R140  
PART NO.  
R137  
R139  
OCI1  
NOTES:  
N.A.  
N.L.  
CR2  
CR1  
C25  
THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY  
STATIC ELECTRICITY. LINCOLN ELECTRIC TO SEE E2454  
CAUTION:  
CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS  
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES  
RESISTOR = OHMS  
BEFORE HANDLING.  
J20  
C26  
N.B. SNAP POWER TERMINALS INTO COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD.  
N.C. THIS AREA TO BE COVERED ON BOTH SIDES OF BOARD (WHERE  
POSSIBLE) WITH SEALANT PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION.  
N.D. INJECT SEALANT ITEM 8 THROUGH THE PC BOARD TO SEAL MODULE LEADS  
(16 PLACES), AND ALL COMPONENT LEADS ON THE NONO-COMPONENT  
SIDE OF THE BOARD, THAT ARE COVERED BY MODULE CASE.  
N.E. FEMALE EYELET TO BE AGAINST THE NON-COMPONENT SIDE AS SHOWN  
EYELET MUST NOT SPIN AFTER CLINCHING.  
N.F. SOLDER EYELET SO THAT SOLDER COVERS ENTIRE EYELET  
AND ALL AROUND EYELET ON COPPER SIDE ONLY.  
ITEM PART  
NO.DESCRIPTION  
QTY  
1
2
3
G3831-B  
M16100-44  
S23006  
P.C. BOARD BLANK  
1
ELECTRONIC MODULE (A1, A2)  
TERMINAL (B211,B218,B204,B205,B209)  
CURRENT TRANSDUCER (T2, T3)  
POWER TERMINAL (B201, B208)  
EYELET-FEMALE  
2
N.A.  
5
2
4M19612  
NO ICICLES OR SOLDER BLOBS PERMITTED.  
5
6
7
8
S24866  
2
8
N.G. AFTER SOLDERING, INSPECT POWER TERMINAL CONNECTIONS  
TO ENSURE SOLDER HAS PROPERLY WET COMPONENT SIDE PAD  
ON A MINIMUM OF 3 OF THE 4 LEGS OF THE POWER TERMINAL.  
N.H. BAR MUST BE FREE OF ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL ON BOTH SURFACES  
AROUND MOUNTING HOLES AND ENTIRE LENGTH OF MOUNTING SURFACE.  
ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL MUST NOT EXTEND BEYOND THE MOUNTING  
SURFACE PLANE. (2 PLACES)  
T9147-11  
T9147-15  
E2861  
EYELET-MALE  
8
SEALANT  
5.0oz  
N.P.  
2
N.J. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL, TOP AND BOTTOM, .80 +/- .05” DIA.  
N.K. PC BOARD HOLES TO BE FREE OF ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL AND SEALANT  
FOR A DIAMETER OF .50” FOR THE LARGER HOLES, AND .25 FOR THE SMALLER  
HOLES, BOTH SIDES OF BOARD. (4 PLACES).  
N.L. THIS AREA TO BE COVERED ON COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD WITH SEALANT  
PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION. MATERIAL MUST BE APPLIED FROM TOP TO  
COMPLETELY FILL TO UNDERSIDE OF DEVICE. THEN APPLY SEALANT AROUND  
BASE OF DEVICE.  
MAKE PER E1911  
ENCAPSULATE WITH E1844, 3 COATS  
N.N.  
(2 PLACES)  
N.H.  
(2 PLACES)  
TEST PER E3817-SW  
N.M. THIS AREA TO BE COVERED ON OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD WITH  
ITEM 8 PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION  
MATERIAL ON THE TOP SURFACES NOR THE THREADS.  
N.N. THESE SURFACES MUST BE MAINTAINEDCO-PLANAR WITHIN .010” THROUGH  
ENTIRE SOLDERING AND SEALING PROCESS.  
N.P. SEALANT HEIGHT BETWEEN MODULES NOT TO EXCEED .17” MAX.  
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.  
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE  
Chg. Sheet No.  
6-2-2000A  
"X" INFO.  
XM5626  
XA  
DESIGN INFORMATION  
REFERENCE:  
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056  
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02  
EQUIPMENT TYPE:  
INVERTER WELDERS  
SWITCH P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY  
DRAWN BY: F.V./JB  
ENGINEER:  
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002  
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE  
SUBJECT:  
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE  
t
SUPERSEDING:  
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.  
APPROVED:  
SCALE:  
FULL  
DATE:5-11-2000 DRAWING No.:  
3830-1B1  
G
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING  
NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-  
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the  
machine.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
G-13  
G-13  
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS  
SCHEMATIC - DISPLAY PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD  
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
G-14  
G-14  
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS  
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-DISPLAY  
REFERENCE  
DESIGNATOR  
ITEM  
PART  
NO.DESCRIPTION  
DISPLAY PC BOARD BLANK  
REQ'D  
G3656-C  
L11166-1  
T15176-2  
E3539  
1
1
2
3
4
FLEX CIRCUIT  
1
4
LED, SPACER, 0.140 HIGH  
ELEC. INSUL. COMPOUND  
.01 oz  
FOR ITEMS BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT  
SPECIFICATIONS  
8
5
6
S25020-3SMT  
S25020-9SMT  
S25024-7SMT  
S18248-10  
CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.1MF,50V,10%,X  
CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,47pF,50V,5%,COG  
CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,47MF,20V,10%,S  
CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,10-PIN  
C2,C3,C4,C5,C11,C12,C19,C20  
0
1
1
3
1
1
4
N.E.  
C13,C14,C15,C16,C17,C18  
7
C1  
8
J37  
N.B.  
N.B.  
N.B.  
N.A.  
9
S20496-1SMT  
S17900-28SMT  
S17900-8SMT  
T13657-6  
IC,SMD,CMOS,DRIVER,DISPLAY,LED,CC,MCU  
IC,SMD,CMOS,HEX INVERTING BUFFER,3-ST  
IC,SMD,CMOS,INVERTER,SCHMITT,HEX,HC14  
LED,T-1,RED,HLMP-K101  
X5,X6,X7  
10  
11  
12  
X3  
X1  
LED1,LED2,LED3,LED4  
DISP1,DISP2,DISP3,DISP4  
S17395-6  
LED,DISPLAY,7-SEGMENT,CC,BRIGHT  
8
N.A.,N.D.  
13  
DISP5,DISP6,DISP7,DISP8  
3
1
2
2
1
3
6
1
1
1
N.A.  
N.B.  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
T13657-12  
LED,T-1,3/4,YELLOW,HI-INTENSITY  
LED5,LED6,LED7  
S17900-26SMT  
IC,CMOS,SMD,MUX,DAT,8-INPUT,HC151(SS)  
X2  
S25000-1001SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,1.00K,1  
S25000-1501SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,1.50K,1  
S25000-4751SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,4.75K,1  
S25000-10R0SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,10.0OHM  
S25000-1212SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,12.1K,1  
S25000-4752SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,47.5K,1  
S25000-2670SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,267OHMS  
R21,R26  
R6,R16  
R24  
R22,R23,R25  
R9,R10,R11,R12,R13,R14  
R27  
R20  
X4  
N.B.  
S17900-10SMT  
IC,SMDCMOS,REGISTER,SHFT,S-PI/SO,8-BI  
1
8
N.A., N.F.  
V
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:  
CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS  
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES  
RESISTANCE = OHMS  
N.A.  
.31  
3.50  
1.90  
1.78  
N.C.  
12  
1.45  
N.A.  
.50  
0
NOTES:  
N.A. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL.  
.12  
N.B. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC  
ELECTRICITY. SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING.  
GROUND SIDE  
0
.80  
6.14  
6.20  
3
N.C. USE ITEM 3 TO STAND ITEM 12 FROM THE P.C. BOARD. THERE MUST NOT  
BE MORE THAN .020 GAP BETWEEN SPACER AND P.C. BOARD OR BETWEEN  
SPACER AND LED. ENCAPSULATE P.C.BOARD, SPACER AND LOWER HALF OF LED.  
N.A.  
6.45  
N.D. DISP 1 THRU DISP 8 MUST ALWAYS BE MATCHED BY VENDOR NAME.  
DO NOT MIX DIFFERENT VENDORS ON THE SAME BOARD ASSEMBLY.  
N.E. DO NOT INSERT THESE COMPONENTS.  
N.F. CONNECTOR MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 4 PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION.  
2
BUY AS:  
ENCAPSULATE WITH HUMISEAL 1A27LU PER  
E1844 OR WITH EQUIVALENT AS APPROVED  
BY LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY. (2 COATS)  
L11130-2C0  
IDENTIFICATION CODE  
PART NO.  
BUY PER E3867  
TEST PER E3856-D  
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.  
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE  
"X" INFO.  
XM5626  
XD  
Chg. Sheet No.  
6-2-2000A  
DESIGN INFORMATION  
REFERENCE:  
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056  
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02  
EQUIPMENT TYPE:  
SUBJECT:  
MISCELLANEOUS  
SPI DISPLAY P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY  
DRAWN BY: F.V.  
G3443-1B2  
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002  
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE  
SUPERSEDING:  
ENGINEER:  
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE  
t
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.  
11-19-99  
APPROVED:  
SCALE:  
DRAWING No.:  
FULL  
DATE:  
11130-2  
L
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING  
NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-  
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the  
machine.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
G-15  
G-15  
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS  
SCHEMATIC -STATUS PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD  
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
G-16  
G-16  
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS  
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-STATUS  
P.C. BOARD REFERENCE  
DESIGNATORS  
ITEM  
PART NO. REQ'D  
DESCRIPTION  
P.C. BOARD BLANK  
FLEX ASSEMBLY  
E3165-.25-.35-1.00  
1
2
3
4
L11107-B  
L11166-1  
E3165  
1
1
2
E3539  
.01 oz.  
ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND  
FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS  
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
S13490-104  
S16668-11  
S13490-42  
S16668-5  
1
9
3
4
0
2
C1  
CAPACITOR,TAEL,39,20V,10%  
CAPACITOR,CEMO,0.1, 50V,10%  
CAPACITOR,TAEL,1.0,35V,10%  
CAPACITOR,CEMO,.022, 50V,20%  
CAPACITOR,CEMO,100P, 100V,5%  
CAPACITOR,TAEL,2.7,50V,10%  
CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,-PPCINB,10  
CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,4-PIN  
C2,C3,C4,C5,C6,C8,C11,C12,C27  
C7,C9, C26  
C10,C21,C22, C25  
C13,C14,C15,C16,C17,C18  
C23,C24  
N.C.  
S16668-3  
S13490-40  
S18248-101  
S24020-4  
J31  
1
J311  
N.A.  
N.B.  
N.F.  
LED 1,LED 2, LED 3, LED 4, LED 6,  
14 LED 7, LED 9, LED 10, LED 11, LED RED LED  
12, LED 13, LED 14, LED 15, LED 16  
13  
T13657-11  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
S19400-1002  
S19400-1001  
S19400-4751  
S19400-1212  
S19400-1000  
S19400-2670  
S19400-4750  
T13381-16  
2
5
2
6
5
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
0
R1, R25  
R2,R4,R6,R24,R27  
R3,R22  
R9,R10,R11,R12,R13,R14  
R17,R18,R19,R23R26  
R20  
R21  
S1,S2  
X1  
X2  
X3  
X4  
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,10.0K,1%  
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,1.00K,1%  
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,4.75K,1%  
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,12.1K,1%  
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,100,1%  
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,267,1%  
RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,475,1%  
SWITCH,PUSHBUTTON,SPST  
IC,CMOS,INVERTER,SCHMITT,HEX,HC14A(SS)  
IC,CMOS,MUX,DAT,8-INPUT,HC151(SS)  
IC,CMOS,HEX,BUFFER,3-STATE,2-BIT,4-BI  
IC,CMOS,REGISTER,SHFT,S-PI/SO,8-BIT(SS)  
IC,CMOS,CONVERTER,A/D,MPU, 10-BIT,(SS)  
IC,CMOS,DRIVER,DISPLAY,LED, CC,MCU  
RED LED  
N.B.  
N.B.  
2.78  
4.38  
6.88  
N.B.  
N.A.  
N.A.  
N.B.  
S17900-8  
S17900-26  
S17900-28  
S17900-10  
M15105-7  
S20496-1  
T13657-11  
N.B.  
2.30  
2.06  
N.A.  
N.A.  
X5  
X6,X7  
LED 5, LED 8  
C15  
R11  
C16  
R12  
C6  
X1  
X4  
N.C.  
X3  
C7  
X5  
R13  
C17  
R1  
R2  
X2  
CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS  
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES  
RESISTANCE = OHMS  
X6  
C4  
C13  
C5  
C12  
C26  
1.11  
.00  
V
R21  
C2  
C1  
C11  
LED9 LED10 LED11LED12  
LED1 LED2 LED3 LED4  
LED13 LED14 LED15 LED16  
LED8 LED7 LED6  
S1  
S2  
BUY AS:  
J31  
J311  
STATUS INPUTLED5  
R25  
.16  
L11107-2  
.00  
3
.18  
7.58  
7.80  
GROUND SIDE  
N.D.  
3
L11107-2B0  
N.D.  
IDENTIFICATION CODE  
N.B., N.E.  
PART NO.  
1
2
NOTES:  
N.A. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC  
ELECTRICITY. SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING.  
N.B. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL.  
N.C. DO NOT INSERT THESE COMPONENTS.  
N.D. INSERT ITEM 3 BETWEEN ROWS OF LED’s. ITEM 3 MUST BE FLUSH  
WITH LED BULB.  
N.E. ALL CONNECTORS MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 4 PRIOR TO  
ENCAPSULATION.  
N.F. LED 1 THRU LED 16 MUST ALWAYS BE MATCHED BY VENDOR NAME  
AND VENDOR PART NUMBER. DO NOT MIX DIFFERENT VENDORS OR  
VENDOR PART NUMBERS ON THE SAME BOARD ASSEMBLY.  
ENCAPSULATE WITH HUMISEAL 1A27LU PER  
E1844 OR WITH EQUIVALENT AS APPROVED  
BY LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY. (2 COATS)  
BUY PER E3867  
TEST PER E3856-ST  
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.  
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE  
Chg. Sheet No.  
6-2-2000A  
"X" INFO.  
XM5626  
XD  
DESIGN INFORMATION  
REFERENCE:  
SUPERSEDING:  
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056  
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02  
EQUIPMENT TYPE:  
SUBJECT:  
MISCELLANEOUS  
SPI STATUS INPUT P.C. BOARD AS'BLY  
DRAWN BY: F.V.  
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002  
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE  
ENGINEER:  
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE  
t
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.  
DATE:  
9-30-99  
DRAWING No.:  
APPROVED:  
SCALE:  
NONE  
11107-2  
L
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING  
NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-  
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the  
machine.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
G-17  
G-17  
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS  
SCHEMATIC - MODE SELECT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD  
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
G-18  
G-18  
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS  
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-MODE SELECT  
PC BOARD REFERENCE  
DESIGNATORS  
ITEM  
PART NO.  
L11110-A  
L11166-1  
T15176-1  
E3539  
REQ'D  
DESCRIPTION  
P.C. BOARD BLANK  
FLEX ASSEMBLY  
LED SPACER  
1
2
3
4
1
1
10  
ELEC. INSUL. COMPOUND  
.01 oz.  
FOR ITEMS BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS  
S13490-104  
S16668-11  
S13490-42  
S16668-5  
C1  
39/20V  
0.1/ 50V  
1.0/35V  
.022/ 50V  
47P/100V  
2.7/50V  
HEADER  
RED LED  
10.0K 1/4W  
1.00K 1/4W  
4.75K 1/4W  
10K 1/2W TRIMMER  
1.50K 1/4W  
12.1K 1/4W  
100 1/4W  
1/4W  
475 1/4W  
PUSHBUTTON SWITCH,SPST  
IC,HC14A(SS),SCHMITT INVERTER  
IC,HC151(SS),8-INPUT MULTIPLEXER  
IC,3-STATE,2-BIT BUFFER  
IC,PI/SO 8-BIT(SS) SHIFT REGISTER  
IC,10-BIT (SS) A/D CONVERTER  
IC,LED DISPLAY DRIVER  
5
6
7
8
1
8
2
5
0
4
1
5
1
2
3
2
1
6
7
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C2,C3,C4,C5,C6,C8,C11,C12  
C7,C9  
C10,C22,C23,C25,C28  
C13,C14,C15,C16,C17,C18  
C29,C30,C31,C32  
J34  
LED1,LED2,LED3,LED4,LED5  
R1  
R2,R4  
R3,R24,R25  
R5,R7  
R6  
R9,R10,R11,R12,R13,R14  
R15,R16,R17,R18,R19,R26,R27  
R20267  
R21,R23  
S1  
N.C.  
S16668-2  
9
S13490-40  
S18248-10  
T13657-11  
S19400-1002  
S19400-1001  
S19400-4751  
S19366-1  
S19400-1501  
S19400-1212  
S19400-1000  
S19400-2670  
S19400-4750  
T13381-17  
S17900-8  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
N.A.  
N.A.  
N.A.  
N.A.  
X1  
X2  
X3  
X4  
X5  
X6  
6.90  
N.D.  
2.10  
S17900-26  
S17900-28  
S17900-10  
M15105-7  
1
N.B.  
MODE SELECT  
LED1  
LED2  
LED3  
X4  
X2  
ARB  
X3  
C2  
S20496-1  
C16  
R12  
R11  
C15  
C9  
X6  
C1  
4 3  
C13  
R9  
CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS  
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES  
RESISTANCE = OHMS  
R5  
R7  
X5  
S1  
J
3
LED4  
X1  
V
LED5  
BUY AS:  
L11110-1  
0
N.A., N.E.  
0
N.A.  
L11110-1A1  
IDENTIFICATION CODE  
GROUND SIDE  
PART NO.  
NOTES:  
N.A. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL.  
N.B. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC  
ELECTRICITY. SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING.  
2
N.C. DO NOT INSERT THESE COMPONENTS.  
N.D. THERE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN .010 GAP BETWEEN SPACERS,  
OR BETWEEN SPACER & LED, OR BETWEEN SPACER & P.C. BOARD.  
ENCAPSULATE P.C. BOARD, SPACERS & LOWER HALF OF LED.  
N.A.  
N.E. CONNECTOR MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 4 PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION.  
ENCAPSULATE WITH HUMISEAL 1A27LU PER  
E1844 OR WITH EQUIVALENT AS APPROVED  
BY LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY. (2 COATS)  
BUY PER E3867  
TEST PER E3856-MS  
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.  
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE  
Chg. Sheet No.  
6-2-2000A  
"X" INFO.  
XM5626  
XE  
DESIGN INFORMATION  
REFERENCE:  
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056  
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02  
EQUIPMENT TYPE:  
SUBJECT:  
MISCELLANEOUS  
SPI MODE SELECT P.C. BD ASSEMBLY  
DRAWN BY: M.D.  
G3443-1B2  
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002  
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE  
SUPERSEDING:  
ENGINEER:  
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE  
t
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.  
2-23-99  
APPROVED:  
SCALE:  
DRAWING No.:  
FULL  
DATE:  
11110-1  
L
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING  
NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-  
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the  
machine.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
G-19  
G-19  
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS  
SCHEMATIC - REMOTE PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD  
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
G-20  
G-20  
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS  
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-REMOTE  
REFERENCE  
DESIGNATOR  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
S25001-7500SMT  
S25000-2213SMT  
S25000-1001SMT  
S25000-3570SMT  
S25000-4752SMT  
S25003-15R0SMT  
S25010-2SMT  
1
1
1
1
1
3
2
6
RESISTOR,SMD,750OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR  
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,221K,1%  
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,1.00K,1  
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,357OHMS  
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,47.5K,1  
RESISTOR,SMD,1W,15.0OHMS,1%  
R135  
R138  
R139  
R140  
ITEM  
PART NO.  
G3709-A  
M19436-4  
S8025-80  
L11166-1  
E2527  
REQ'D  
DESCRIPTION  
P.C. BOARD BLANK  
POTTING TRAY  
SELF TAPPING SCREW  
FLEX CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY  
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
1
2
1
R141  
R142,R143,R144  
R15,R16  
R17,R18,R76,R80,R119,  
R120  
R2,R3,R4,R5,R6,R7,R28,  
R29, R39,R40,R116  
R26,R27,R32,R33,R34,  
R35,R36,R37,R38,R145  
R41  
R42,R43,R44,R64,R65  
R46,R47  
R48,R49  
66.7g ( 2.19 oz ) EPOXY ENCAPSULATION RESIN  
.57g (.02 oz ) ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND  
RESISTOR,SMD,MF,121K,1/4W,1%,SURGE  
RESISTOR,SMD,MF,1W,20.0K,1%,SURGE  
E3539  
S25010-3SMT  
FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS DATABASE FOR COMPONENT  
SPECIFICATIONS  
45  
46  
S25000-4751SMT  
S25000-1002SMT  
11  
10  
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,4.75K,1  
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,10.0K,1  
7
S25020-3SMT  
38  
CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.1MF,50V,10%,X  
C2,C3,C4,C5,C6,C8,C9,  
C10,C11,C12,C13,C14,  
C15,C16,C17,C18,C19,  
C20,C21,C22,C47,C48,  
C49,C50,C51,C52,C53,  
C54,C55,C56,C57,C58,  
C59,C60,C61,C62,C65,  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
S25000-2670SMT  
S18380-14  
1
5
2
2
2
5
6
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,267OHMS  
THERMISTOR,PTC,500OHMS,28mA  
S25001-3320SMT  
S25001-2210SMT  
S25001-1000SMT  
S25000-3321SMT  
S25000-6811SMT  
RESISTOR,SMD,332OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR  
RESISTOR,SMD,221OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR  
RESISTOR,SMD,100OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR  
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,3.32K,1  
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,6.81K,1  
C66,  
R51,R52  
8
9
S25020-12SMT  
S25020-5SMT  
SMD,CER0ACMAPICA,C10IT0OpFR,,100V,5%,C  
C23,C24,C25,C26,C27,  
R55,R56,R57,R126,R127  
R62,R63,R128,R129,  
R130,R131  
R66,R67  
R68,R69  
R70,R71  
R8,R9,R10,R11,R12,R13  
R82,R85  
C29  
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
3
4
3
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
2
1
3
CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,2700pF,50V,5%,X  
CAPACITOR,ALEL,330,100V,20%  
C30,C32  
C34  
C35,C36  
C37  
10S13-148940  
S25020-7SMT  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
S25000-6813SMT  
S25000-9092SMT  
S25000-2801SMT  
S25000-1212SMT  
S25000-2002SMT  
S25001-6810SMT  
S25004-2430SMT  
S17900-8SMT  
2
2
2
6
2
1
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,681K,1%  
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,90.9K,1  
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,2.80K,1  
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,12.1K,1  
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,20.0K,1  
RESISTOR,SMD,681OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR  
RESISTOR,SMD,1W,243OHMS,1%  
IC,SMD,CMOS,INVERTER,SCHMITT,HEX,HC14  
IC,SMD,CMOS,DRIVER,DISPLAY,LED,CC,MCU  
IC,SMD,VOLTAGE CONVERTER,SWITCHED-CAP X11  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.22MF,50V,20%,  
CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,1.0MF,35V,10%,  
CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,4.7MF,35V,10%,  
CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,100MF,20V,20%,  
CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,47MF,20V,10%,S  
CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,4700pF,50V,5%,  
CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.022MF,50V,10%  
DIODE,SMD,1A,400V,FAST RECOVERY,DO-21  
DIODE,SMD,1A,30V,SMA,SCHOTTKY  
DIODE,SMD,DUAL,0.200A,70V,UFR  
DIODE,SMD,1A,400V,DO-214BA/AC  
ZENER DIODE,SMD,3W,5.1V,5%, SMB  
ZENER DIODE,SMD,0.5W,12V,5%,SOD-123  
ZENER DIODE,SMD,3W,15V,5%, SMB  
S25024-2SMT  
S25024-5SMT  
S25024-9SMT  
S25024-7SMT  
S25020-6SMT  
S25020-2SMT  
S25040-1SMT  
S25049-2SMT  
S25040-5SMT  
S25040-2SMT  
S25044-1SMT  
S25046-4SMT  
S25044-4SMT  
S25044-6SMT  
S25044-3SMT  
S18248-10  
C40  
C41  
C42,C46  
C63  
R86  
R91,R92,R93,R99,R107  
X1  
X10  
C64  
D20  
D21  
S20496-1SMT  
S25068-5SMT  
D24,D25,D26  
D3,D6,D7,D19  
DZ1,DZ2,DZ3  
DZ10  
DZ11  
DZ12  
S15128-10SMT  
S15018-22SMT  
S15018-11SMT  
M15458-4SMT  
S17900-26SMT  
S17900-10SMT  
IC,SMD,VOLTAGE REF,ADJ, PECISION,431I  
IC,SMD,ARRAY,CLAMPING,HEX,SOIC-8  
X12  
X14  
X15  
X16  
X2  
X3,X4  
X5  
X6,X7  
X8  
IC,SMD,CMOS,SWITCH,ANALOG,QUAD,201(SS  
IC,PWM-CONTROLLER,I-MODE,2842A, SOIC-  
IC,CMOS,SMD,MUX,DAT,8-INPUT,HC151(SS)  
IC,SMDCMOS,REGISTER,SHFT,S-PI/SO,8-BI  
SMD,CMOS,CONVERTER,A/D,MPU, 10-BIT  
IC,OP-AMP,SMT,QUAD,HIGH-PERF,33074D  
IC,SMD,CMOS,HEX INVERTING BUFFER,3-ST  
ZENER DIODE,SMD,3W,27V,5%, SMB  
ZENER DIODE,SMD,3W,12V,5%, SMB  
DZ6,DZ7,DZ8,DZ9  
J33  
CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,10-PIN  
CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,12-PIN,TIN  
OPTOCOUPLER,SSR,FORM:1A+1B,0.17A,8-PI  
TRANSISTOR,SMD,NPN,0.5A,40V,SOT-23,MM  
TRANSISTOR,SMS,PNP,SOT23,0.5A, 40V,MM  
TRANSISTOR,SMD,NMF,D2PAK,18A,200V,IRF  
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,2.43K,1  
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,2.21K,1  
RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,33.2K,1  
RESISTOR,SMD,1W,2.21K,1%  
70M155-71S0MT  
71  
72  
1
IC,  
2
1
S24020-12  
J331  
OCI1  
S15128-18SMT  
S17900-28SMT  
S15000-25SMT  
S25050-1SMT  
S25050-2SMT  
S25051-2SMT  
S25000-2431SMT  
S25000-2211SMT  
S25000-3322SMT  
S25003-2211SMT  
Q2,Q3,Q4,Q7  
Q6  
Q8  
R1  
R113,R121  
R115  
R132,R133,R134  
CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS  
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES  
RESISTANCE = OHMS  
L11109-1A1  
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.  
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE  
Chg. Sheet No.  
6-2-2000A  
"X" INFO.  
XM5626  
XC-UF  
DESIGN INFORMATION  
DRAWN BY:  
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056  
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02  
EQUIPMENT TYPE:  
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002  
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE  
SUBJECT:  
ENGINEER:  
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE  
t
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.  
APPROVED:  
SCALE:  
DRAWING No.:  
DATE:  
11109-1  
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING  
NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-  
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the  
machine.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
G-21  
G-21  
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS  
SCHEMATIC-SNUBBER PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD  
6-2-2000  
S24761  
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
G-22  
G-22  
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS  
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-SNUBBER  
ITEM  
C1,C2,C3,C4  
R1,R3  
REQ'D  
PART NO.  
DESCRIPTION  
4
2
2
S20500-4 CAPACITOR,PPMF,.0047,1000V,BOX  
T14648-20  
T14648-25  
1
RESISTOR,WW,5W,150,5%,SQ  
RESISTOR,WW,5W,10,5%,SQ  
R2,R4  
N.A., N.B.  
+.04  
2.90  
3
ITEM PART NO.DESCRIPTION  
4
C3  
1
2
3
M19532-A  
T13157-16 TAB TERMINAL  
EYELET-FEMALE  
1
1
4
P.C. BOARD BLANK  
B O X C P 4  
B O X C P 4  
C1  
T9147-11  
R3  
R1  
4T971-415 EYELET-MALE  
4
B10  
1.92  
B1  
6
1
Q C  
.275  
.285  
NOTES:  
R .045  
∅
N.A. FEMALE EYELET TO BE AGAINST THE COPPER SIDE AS SHOWN  
BOXCP4  
C4  
EYELET MUST NOT SPIN AFTER CLINCHING.  
C2  
.105 MAX.  
CRIMP  
B O X C P 4  
N.B. SOLDER EYELET SO THAT SOLDER COVERS ENTIRE EYELET  
AND ALL AROUND EYELET ON COPPER SIDE ONLY.  
NO ICICLES OR SOLDER BLOBS PERMITTED.  
2
R2  
R4  
COPPER  
SIDE  
HEIGHT  
B20  
B30  
B40  
.55  
EYELET DETAIL  
MANUFACTURED AS:  
0
0
MAKE PER E1911  
ENCAPSULATE WITH E1844, 2 COATS  
TEST PER E3817-SN  
M19532-1A0  
+.04  
.60  
1.75  
2.90  
3.50  
IDENTIFICATION CODE  
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.  
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE  
Chg. Sheet No.  
"X" INFO.  
XM5626  
XC-UF  
DESIGN INFORMATION  
REFERENCE:  
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056  
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS .02  
EQUIPMENT TYPE:  
INVERTER WELDERS  
SNUBBER P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY  
6-2-2000  
DRAWN BY:  
ENGINEER:  
APPROVED:  
F.V.  
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS .002  
ON ALL ANGLES IS .5 OF A DEGREE  
SUBJECT:  
SUPERSEDING:  
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE  
t
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.  
10-6-99  
SCALE:  
NONE  
DRAWING No.:  
DATE:  
19532-1  
M
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING  
NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-  
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the  
machine.  
V350-PRO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SVM ERROR REPORTING FORM  
We need to know if there are errors in our manuals. We also value any suggestions as to  
additional tests or procedures that would make this SVM a better tool for you.  
If you discover new or different “Problems or Symptoms” that are not covered in the three col-  
umn troubleshooting chart, please share this information with us. Please include the  
machine’s code number and how the problem was resolved.  
Thank You,  
Technical Services Group  
Lincoln Electric Co.  
22801 ST. Clair Ave.  
Cleveland, Ohio 44117-1199  
FAX 216-481-2309  
SVM Number ___________________________  
Page Number if necessary__________________  
Your Company__________________________  
Your Name_____________________________  
Please give detailed description below:  
___________________________________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________________________________  
SD287 01/99  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Kyocera Telescope KD130GX LP User Manual
LaCie Portable DVD Player Portable DVD RW Design by Sam Hecht User Manual
Lennox International Inc Air Cleaner CBX40UHV User Manual
Lenovo DVD Recorder GP20N User Manual
Lenovo Personal Computer 08871BU User Manual
LG Electronics Air Conditioner AS W096URH0 UBH0 UWH0 UMH0 User Manual
Link electronic Network Router 861 XL818F User Manual
Marantz Stereo Receiver SR7001 User Manual
M Audio Musical Toy Instrument 99004139310 User Manual
Mazda Automobile 2009 Tribute User Manual